You are on page 1of 156

CEA 4001

Sprinkler Systems
Planning and Installation

August 2013
VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19
Insurance Europe Standard

CEA 4001
Sprinkler Systems
Planning and Installation

August 2013

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


This non-binding standard has been developed by prevention bodies, under the initiative of the insurers or their
representatives grouped at European level in the Insurance Europe Prevention Forum.

The prevention bodies are: 


- ANPI asbl, Belgium
- CEPREVEN, Spain
- CNPP, France
- DBI, Denmark
- FPA (Fire Protection Association), United Kingdom
- VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH, Germany

The technical work has been carried out by the Expert Group 4.
The editorial work has been carried out by CNPP ENTREPRISE, on behalf of the other prevention bodies.

The copyright of the non-binding standards is shared by the Consortium of prevention bodies:

This non-binding standard contains updated specifications and more details compared with the previous edition
(February 2009) and also by comparison with the European Standard EN 12845.

Designated body for publication:


CNPP Éditions
Route de la Chapelle-Réanville – CD 64 – CS 22265 – F 27950 Saint-Marcel
editions@cnpp.com – www.cnpp.com

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


This standard is a non-binding standard.
Insurers are free to accept for insurance, on whatever terms and conditions they wish, security
systems, devices or installation services which do not comply with this standard.
Use of the words: specifications, guidelines or rules throughout the text are used to improve the
readability and do not detract from the non-binding nature of the document.

CONTENTS

Foreword ................................................................................................................................. 13
1 General............................................................................................................................. 13
1.1 Scope ....................................................................................................................... 13
1.2 Aims ......................................................................................................................... 13
1.3 Description .............................................................................................................. 14
1.4 Approvals................................................................................................................. 14
2 Definitions ....................................................................................................................... 16
3 Contract planning and documentation.................................................................. 20
3.1 General .................................................................................................................... 20
3.2 Initial Considerations............................................................................................... 20
3.3 Preliminary or estimating stage ............................................................................... 20
3.4 Design stage............................................................................................................. 21
3.5 Commencement of installation works ................................................................... 24
4 Extent of sprinkler protection .................................................................................. 25
4.1 Buildings and areas to be protected ....................................................................... 25
4.2 Compartmentation and separation ........................................................................ 25
5 Classification of occupancies and fire hazards..................................................... 26
5.1 General .................................................................................................................... 26
5.2 Hazard classes ......................................................................................................... 26
5.3 Storage ..................................................................................................................... 27
5.4 Protection of concealed spaces .............................................................................. 29
6 Hydraulic design criteria ............................................................................................ 29
6.1 General .................................................................................................................... 29
6.2 High Hazard Storage - HHS.................................................................................... 30
6.3 Pressure and flow requirements for precalculated systems.................................. 32
6.4 Pipe sizing and layout .............................................................................................. 34

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 3

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

7 Water Supplies - General .......................................................................................... 34


7.1 Suitability .................................................................................................................. 34
7.2 Connections for other services .............................................................................. 34
7.3 Housing of equipment for water supplies .............................................................. 36
7.4 Test facility devices .................................................................................................. 36
7.5 Pressure/flow tests on water supplies................................................................... 37
7.6 Water supply pressure test .................................................................................... 37
7.7 Water contamination protection ........................................................................... 37
8 Choice of water supply................................................................................................ 37
8.1 General .................................................................................................................... 37
8.2 Town mains ............................................................................................................. 37
8.3 Water storage tanks ............................................................................................... 38
8.4 Inexhaustible sources .............................................................................................. 41
8.5 Pressure tanks ......................................................................................................... 44
8.6 Type of water supply .............................................................................................. 45
8.7 Isolation of water supplies ...................................................................................... 46
9 Pumps ............................................................................................................................... 46
9.1 General .................................................................................................................... 46
9.2 Multiple pump arrangements .................................................................................. 47
9.3 Compartments for pumpsets ................................................................................. 47
9.4 Maximum temperature of water supply................................................................. 47
9.5 Valves and accessories ............................................................................................ 47
9.6 Suction conditions ................................................................................................... 48
9.7 Performance characteristics.................................................................................... 49
9.8 Electrically driven pumpsets.................................................................................... 52
9.9 Diesel engine driven pumps .................................................................................... 54
10 Installation type and size ............................................................................................ 57
10.1 Wet pipe installations ............................................................................................. 57
10.2 Dry pipe installations ............................................................................................... 60
10.3 Alternative installations ........................................................................................... 60
10.4 Pre-action installations ............................................................................................ 61
10.5 Subsidiary dry pipe or alternate extension............................................................. 61
10.6 Subsidiary multiple control valve ............................................................................ 62
11 Spacing and location of sprinklers ........................................................................... 62
11.1 General .................................................................................................................... 62
11.2 Maximum area per sprinkler ................................................................................... 62
11.3 Minimum distance between sprinklers ................................................................... 62

4 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CONTENTS

11.4 Location of sprinklers in relation to building construction .................................... 62


11.5 Intermediate sprinklers in High Hazard occupancies ............................................ 67
12 Sprinkler design characteristics and uses ............................................................. 72
12.1 General .................................................................................................................... 72
12.2 Sprinkler types and application ............................................................................... 73
12.3 Flow from sprinklers ............................................................................................... 74
12.4 Sprinkler temperature ratings ................................................................................. 74
12.5 Sprinkler Thermal sensitivity ................................................................................... 74
12.6 Sprinkler guards ....................................................................................................... 75
12.7 Sprinkler water shields ............................................................................................ 75
12.8 Sprinkler escutcheon plates .................................................................................... 75
12.9 Corrosion protection of sprinklers ........................................................................ 76
13 Valves................................................................................................................................ 76
13.1 Control Valve Set .................................................................................................... 76
13.2 Stop Valves .............................................................................................................. 76
13.3 Ring main valves ...................................................................................................... 76
13.4 Drain valves ............................................................................................................. 76
13.5 Test valves ............................................................................................................... 76
13.6 Flushing connections ............................................................................................... 77
13.7 Pressure gauges ....................................................................................................... 77
13.8 Measures against over pressurisation ..................................................................... 78
14 Alarms and alarm devices .......................................................................................... 78
14.1 Water motor alarms ............................................................................................... 78
14.2 Electrical water flow and water and air pressure switches ................................... 79
14.3 Transmission of alarm signals to a permanently manned location ........................ 79
14.4 Monitoring stop valve.............................................................................................. 79
15 Pipework.......................................................................................................................... 79
15.1 General .................................................................................................................... 79
15.2 Pipe supports ........................................................................................................... 81
15.3 Pipework in concealed spaces ................................................................................ 82
16 Signs, notices and information ................................................................................. 83
16.1 Block plan ................................................................................................................ 83
16.2 Signs and notices ..................................................................................................... 83
17 Commissioning and acceptance tests .................................................................... 84
17.1 Commissioning tests ............................................................................................... 84
17.2 Completion certificate and documents .................................................................. 85

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 5

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

18 Maintenance ................................................................................................................... 85
18.1 General .................................................................................................................... 85
18.2 Action following sprinkler operation ...................................................................... 86
18.3 User’s programme of inspection and checking ...................................................... 87
18.4 Service and maintenance schedule ......................................................................... 88
Annex A ................................................................................................................................... 91
Annex B.................................................................................................................................... 94
B.1 General .................................................................................................................... 94
B.2 Material factor ......................................................................................................... 94
B.3 Effect of stored materials configuration ................................................................. 95
Annex C ................................................................................................................................... 97
Annex D ................................................................................................................................... 100
D.1 Scope ....................................................................................................................... 100
D.2 Zoning of installations ............................................................................................. 100
D.3 Requirements for zoned installations ..................................................................... 100
D.4 Block Plan ................................................................................................................ 101
Annex E .................................................................................................................................... 102
E.1 Scope ....................................................................................................................... 102
E.2 Design criteria ......................................................................................................... 102
E.3 Water supplies ........................................................................................................ 102
Annex F .................................................................................................................................... 106
F.1 Subdivision into zones ............................................................................................. 106
F.2 Wet Pipe Installations ............................................................................................. 106
F.3 Sprinkler type and sensitivity .................................................................................. 106
F.4 Installation Main Control Valve Set ........................................................................ 106
F.5 Water Supplies ........................................................................................................ 106
F.6 Theatres ................................................................................................................... 106
F.7 Additional precautions for maintenance ................................................................ 106
Annex G ................................................................................................................................... 108
G.1 Calculation of pressure losses in pipework............................................................ 108
G.2 Pre-calculated systems ............................................................................................ 109
G.3 Fully calculated systems........................................................................................... 115
Annex H (Informative) ....................................................................................................... 118
Annex I (Informative) .......................................................................................................... 127
Annex J (Informative) .......................................................................................................... 128
Annex K.................................................................................................................................... 129
K.1 Aerosols................................................................................................................... 129

6 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CONTENTS

K.2 Clothes in multiple garment hanging storage ......................................................... 129


K.3 Flammable liquid storage ........................................................................................ 130
K.4 Pallets - idle .............................................................................................................. 132
K.5 Spirituous liquors in wooden barrels .................................................................... 132
K.6 Non-woven synthetic fabric ................................................................................... 132
K.7 Special requirements for protection of storage utilising
Polypropylene (PP) and Polyethylene (PE) storage containers............................. 133
K.8 Special requirements for the protection of mobile shelving
with ceiling or roof-level sprinkler only .................................................................. 134
K.9 Protection of racks with solid shelves and gangways storing plastic boxes .......... 134
K.10 Plastic Packaging Recycling Plants ........................................................................... 135
K.11 Rubber tyres ............................................................................................................ 137
Annex L .................................................................................................................................... 139
L.1 General .................................................................................................................... 139
L.2 Sprinkler System Design.......................................................................................... 140
Annex M (informative) ........................................................................................................ 146
M.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................. 146
M.2 Test principles ......................................................................................................... 146
M.3 Method .................................................................................................................... 146
M.4 Evaluation of test results ......................................................................................... 146
M.5 Bibliography ............................................................................................................. 146
Annex N (informative) ........................................................................................................ 147
Annex O (reserved).............................................................................................................. 148
Annex P .................................................................................................................................... 149
P.1 Type of installation .................................................................................................. 149
P.2 Foam injection device.............................................................................................. 149
P.3 Foam injection pumps ............................................................................................ 150
P.4 Foam agent .............................................................................................................. 151
P.5 Foam tank ................................................................................................................ 151
P.6 Foam agent and water foam pipe-work ................................................................. 152
P.7 Calculation of the friction loss of foam agent pipes ............................................... 152
P.8 Disposal ................................................................................................................... 153

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 7

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


TABLES

Table T 1.4.3.2.2a: Minimum number of sprinklers per type to be inspected ...................... 15


Table T 5.2.2a: Maximum storage heights for OH occupancies ..................................... 26
Table T 5.3.2a: Limitations and protection requirements for different storage methods 28
Table T 6.1a: Design density and area of operation for LH, OH and HHP ............... 29
Table T 6.2.2a: Design criteria for HHS with roof or ceiling protection only ............... 30
Table T 6.2.3.2a: Design criteria for roof sprinklers with in-rack protection .................... 31
Table T 6.3.1a: Pressure and flow requirements for precalculated LH and OH systems 32
Table T 6.3.2a: Pressure and flow requirements for installations designed using
Tables T G.2.5a to TG.2.5d ..................................................................... 33
Table T 8.3.2.1a: Minimum water volume for precalculated LH and OH systems ........... 39
Table T 8.3.2.1b: Minimum water volume for precalculated HHP and HHS systems ...... 39
Table T 8.3.4a: Minimum capacity of reduced capacity tanks. ....................................... 39
Table T 8.3.5a: Suction pipe inlet clearances ................................................................... 40
Table T 8.4.1a: Minimum width of inlet to settling chambers, suction chambers,
open channels and weirs ......................................................................... 44
Table T 9.6.2.1a: Pump pressure and flow rating ................................................................ 48
Table T.9.6.2.4a: Pump priming tank capacity and pipe size .............................................. 49
Table T 9.7.1a: Pump size ................................................................................................. 51
Table T 9.7.2a: Minimum pump characteristics for LH and OH (pre-calculated systems) 51
Table T 10.1.1a: Maximum number of sprinklers per installation – wet pipe
and pre-action installations ...................................................................... 58
Table T 10.2.3a: Maximum size per installation – Dry and alternate installations ............. 60
Table T 11.2a: Maximum coverage and spacing for sprinklers other than sidewall ...... 63
Table T 11.2b: Maximum coverage and spacing for sidewall sprinklers ......................... 63
Table T 11.4.6a: Sprinkler location relative to beams ........................................................ 65
Table T 11.5.6a: Location of intermediate sprinklers in type ST5 and ST6 storage ......... 71

8 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


TABLES

Table T 12.2.1a: Sprinkler types and K factors for various hazard classes ........................ 72
Table 12.2.6a: Minimum recommended lengths between dry sprinkler fitting
and the outside surface of cold room ..................................................... 74
Table T 12.5.1a: Sprinkler sensitivity ratings ....................................................................... 74
Table T 13.4a: Minimum size of drain valves ................................................................... 77
Table T 15.2a: Design parameters for pipe supports ..................................................... 82
Table T 15.2b: Minimum dimension of flat iron rods and clips ....................................... 82
Table T Aa: Light Hazard occupancies ........................................................................ 91
Table T Ab: Ordinary Hazard occupancies (A.2) ....................................................... 91
Table T Ac: High Hazard Process occupancies .......................................................... 93
Table T B.3a: Categories as a function of stored materials configuration .................... 95
Table T Ca: Stored products and categories .............................................................. 97
Table T G.1.1a: C values for various types of pipe ........................................................... 108
Table T G.1.4a: Equivalent length of fittings and valves .................................................... 109
Table T G.1.5a: Accuracy of hydraulic calculations ........................................................... 109
Table T G.2.2.3a: Location of design points – TG.2.2.3a .................................................... 110
Table T G.2.2.3b: Location of design points – OH, HHP and HHS .................................... 110
Table T G.2.3.1a: Range pipe diameters for LH installations .............................................. 111
Table T G.2.3.2a: Maximum friction loss between control valve set and any
design point – LH ..................................................................................... 111
Table T G.2.3.3a: Pressure loss for design flow rates in LH installations ............................ 111
Table T G.2.4.1a: Range pipe diameters for OH installations ............................................. 112
Table T G.2.4.1b: Distribution pipe diameters in OH installations ..................................... 112
Table T G.2.5a: Range pipe diameters for HH installations with pressure and flow
characteristics as given in Table T 6.3.2a (first or second part) ............ 114
Table T G.2.5b: Distribution pipe diameters downstream for the design point
in HH installations with pressure and flow characteristics as given
in Table T 6.3.2a (first part) .................................................................... 114
Table T G.2.5c: Distribution pipe diameters downstream for the design point
in HH installations with pressure and flow characteristics as given
in Table T 6.3.2a (second, third and forth part) ..................................... 115
Table T G.2.5d: Range pipe diameters for HH installations with pressure and flow
characteristics as given in Table T 6.3.2a (third or forth part) .............. 115
Table T G.3.4a: Minimum sprinkler discharge pressure and minimum sprinkler K factor 117
Table T K.1a: Protection criteria for aerosol storage ................................................... 129
Table T K.3a: Flammable liquids in metal drums (ST1) with a capacity > 20 l
and ≤ 208 l ............................................................................................... 131

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 9

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

Table T K.3b: Flammable liquids in metal drums (ST4) with a capacity >20 l
and ≤208 l ................................................................................................ 131
Table T K.3c: Flammable liquids in metal drums (STl,ST5,ST6) with a capacity
of maximum 20 l ...................................................................................... 131
Table T K.4a: Protection of solid piled or palletized pallets .......................................... 132
Table T K.4b: Protection of rack storage of pallets (ST4) ............................................. 132
Table T K.6.1a: Non-woven synthetic fabric: design criteria with roof or ceiling
protection only ......................................................................................... 133
Table T K.8a: Density for mobile shelving – in room less than 150 m2 ........................ 134
Table T K.10.2a: Maximum bulk and bale storage heights ................................................. 135
Table T K.10.2b: Design data for sprinkler systems for bulk and bale storage ................. 135
Table T K.11.2.2a: Design data for on-side, on-tread and laced storage ............................. 138
Table T K.11.3a: Design data with ESFR Sprinklers for ST2 and ST3 configuration ......... 138
Table T L.1.4.3a: Sprinklers design and maximum height ................................................... 141
Table T L.2.2.5a: Sprinklers design beneath obstruction .................................................... 143
Table T L.2.3.1a: Distance between sprinklers ................................................................... 143
Table T Na: Minimum water supply for all hazard classes shall be superior .............. 147

10 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


FIGURES

Figure F 1.3a Main elements of a sprinkler installation ................................................. 14


Figure F 5.3.1a: Flow chart for determining the class required for storage ..................... 27
Figure F 5.3.2a: Types of storage methods ....................................................................... 28
Figure F 8.3.5a: Effective capacity of suction tanks and dimensions of suction chamber 40
Figure F 8.4.1a: Location of settling and suction chamber : water flow direction .......... 41
Figure F 8.4.1b: Settling chamber and suction chamber ................................................... 43
Figure F 9.6.2.4a: Pump priming arrangement for suction lift ............................................. 50
Figure F 11.2a: Ceiling sprinkler spacing ........................................................................... 63
Figure F 11.4.6a: Sprinkler location relative to beams ........................................................ 65
Figure F 11.4.6b: Beams and Bays specific case – elevation view ....................................... 65
Figure F 11.5.1a: Location of rack intermediate level sprinklers Category I or II goods .. 67
Figure F 11.5.1b: Location of rack intermediate level sprinklers Category III or IV goods 67
Figure F 11.5.5.2a: Double row racks more than 3.2 m wide in category III and IV ........... 69
Figure F 11.5.5.3a: Multiple-row racks HHS 1-2 with flue space in only one direction ....... 70
Figure F 11.5.5.3b: Multiple-row racks HHS 3-4 with flue space in only one direction ....... 70
Figure F 11.5.5.4a: Multiple-row racks HHS 1-2 with longitudinal and transverse flue spaces 71
Figure F 11.5.5.4b: Multiple-row racks HHS 3 with longitudinal and transverse flue spaces 71
Figure F 11.5.6a: Location of intermediate sprinklers in type ST5 and ST6 storage ......... 72
Figure F 12.7a: Water shield ............................................................................................. 75
Figure F B.2a: Material Factor ......................................................................................... 94
Figure F D.3.6a: Control valve bypass arrangement for zoned multi-storey building
installations ............................................................................................... 101
Figure F Ea: Typical layout of high rise system with pump supply ............................. 104
Figure F Eb: Typical layout of high rise system with gravity tanks and booster pumps 105
Figure F Ha: Typical pump curve .................................................................................. 118

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 11

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

Figure F Hb: Examples of range pipe arrays ................................................................. 119


Figure F Hc: Example of application of design points in an LH installation ................ 120
Figure F Hd: Example of application of design points in an OH installation ............... 121
Figure F He: Example of application of design points in an HH installation
with pipework sized from Tables T G.2.5a and T G.2.5b ..................... 122
Figure F Hf: Example of application of design points in an HH installation
with pipework sized from Tables T G.2.5a and T G.2.5c ...................... 123
Figure F Hg: Example of application of design points in an HH installation
with pipework sized from Tables T G.2.5c and T G.2.5d ..................... 124
Figure F Hh: Determination of area covered per sprinkler ......................................... 125
Figure F Hj: Most favourable areas of operation in one-sided and two-sided
pipe layouts .............................................................................................. 125
Figure F Hi: Most unfavourable areas of operation in one-sided and two-sided
pipe layouts .............................................................................................. 125
Figure F Hk: Most favourable and unfavourable areas of operation in a gridded
pipe layout ................................................................................................ 126
Figure F Hl: Most favourable and unfavourable areas of operation in a looped
pipe layout ................................................................................................ 126
Figure F K.9.1a: Typical layout of racks with solid shelves and gang ways ....................... 134
Figure F K.10.4a: Area of operation for deluge systems ..................................................... 136
Figure F K.11.1a: On-side storage ....................................................................................... 137
Figure F K.11.1b: On-tread storage ..................................................................................... 137
Figure F K.11.1c: Laced Storage ........................................................................................... 137
Figure F L.1.4.2.2a: Storage methods ST2, ST3 and ST4 transverse and longitudinal flues ..... 140
Figure F L.2.3.2a : ESFR: Sprinkleur location inside bays ...................................................... 144
Figure F L.2.3.2b : ESFR: Sprinkleur location relative to beams ........................................... 144
Figure F L.2.3.2c : ESFR: Sprinkleur location relative to obstructions ................................. 144
Figure F L.2.3.2d : ESFR: Horizontal and vertical distance relative to obstructions ............ 144
Figure F L.2.3.2e : ESFR: Sprinkleur location relative to obstructions (more than one level) 144

12 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


1. GENERAL

FOREWORD testing, inspecting, approving, operating and


maintaining automatic sprinkler systems, in
These specifications are aimed at providing the order that such equipment will function as
conditions for a Europe wide uniform high level intended throughout its life.
of personal and property protection with at least
They are intended only for fixed fire sprinkler
the same level of efficiency and reliability as given
systems in buildings and other premises on land.
by EN 12845 even if specific differences appear
Although the general principles may well apply
between the 2 documents.
to other uses (e.g. maritime use), for these
other uses additional considerations will almost
1 GENERAL certainly have to be taken into account.

1.1 Scope 1.2 Aims

These Rules specify requirements and give An automatic sprinkler system is designed to
recommendations for the design, installation detect a fire and extinguish it with water in its
and maintenance of fixed fire sprinkler systems early stages or hold the fire in check so that
in buildings and industrial plants, and particular extinguishment can be completed by other
requirements or sprinkler systems which means.
require high level of reliability. The sprinkler system is intended to extend
The requirements and recommendations of throughout the premises with only limited
these Rules are also applicable to any addition, exceptions.
extension, repair or other modification to a It should not be assumed that the provision of a
sprinkler system. sprinkler system entirely obviates the need for
It covers the classification of hazards, other means of fighting fires and it is important
provision of water supplies, components to to consider the fire precautions in the premises
be used, installation and testing of the system, as a whole.
maintenance, and the extension of existing Structural fire resistance, escape routes, fire
systems, and identifies construction details of alarm systems, particular hazards needing
buildings which are necessary for satisfactory other fire protection methods, provision of
performance of sprinkler systems complying extinguishing means, safe working and goods
with these Rules. handling methods, management supervision
The requirements concerning water supplies and good housekeeping all need consideration.
may be applicable as guidance, to be used It is essential that sprinkler systems should be
with experienced judgement for other fixed properly maintained to ensure operation when
fire fighting systems where no other CEA non- required. This routine is liable to be overlooked
binding standards exist. or given insufficient attention by supervisors.
These Rules do not deal with water spray It is, however, neglected at peril to the lives
deluge systems. of occupants of the premises and at the risk
The requirements are not valid for automatic of crippling financial loss. The importance of
sprinkler systems on ships, in aircraft, on proper maintenance cannot be too highly
vehicles and mobile fire appliances or for below emphasized.
ground systems in the mining industry. When sprinkler systems are out of service extra
These Rules are intended for use by those attention should be paid to fire precautions and
concerned with purchasing, designing, installing, the appropriate authorities informed.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 13

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

1.3 Description 1.4 Approvals


A sprinkler system consists of a water supply 1.4.1 Approved installers and
(or supplies) and one or more sprinkler components
installations; each installation consists of a set of
installation main control valves and a pipe array Sprinkler systems shall be installed in accordance
fitted with sprinkler heads. The sprinkler heads with the specifications by approved installers
are fitted at specified locations at the roof or using approved components and using approved
ceiling, and where necessary between racks, methods for sizing pipework as specified in
below shelves, and other specified places. The Annex G.
main elements of a typical installation are shown If the installation of a system involves more than
in Figure F 1.3a. one approved installer, one of them shall be
The sprinklers operate at predetermined responsible for the entire installation.
temperatures to discharge water over the If local requirements make sub-contracting
affected part of the area below. The flow of necessary such as installation of electrical supplies
water through the alarm valve initiates a fire or town mains connections, the approved
alarm. installer shall inform the sub-contractor of any
The operating temperature is generally selected special requirements for sprinkler installations
to suit ambient temperature conditions. to satisfy this specification.

Only sprinklers in the vicinity of the fire, i.e. 1.4.2 Completion


those which become sufficiently heated,
operate. The approved installer shall send a completion
statement to the authorities when the system
is finally installed. The authorities’ inspector will
then carry out the approval inspection. The
same procedure will apply to existing systems
where alterations have been made.

sprinkler head
range pipes
riser

range pipes design point


distribution pipe spur

arm pipe
drop

riser
main distribution pipe

control valve set

Figure F 1.3a Main elements of a sprinkler installation

14 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


1. GENERAL

1.4.3 Third party inspection 1.4.3.2.2 Sprinklers

During the inspection, the shut down period A number of sprinklers shall be removed and
inspected. Table T 1.4.3.2.2a specifies the scope
shall be in accordance with 18.1.3.
of sampling as a function of the total number of
sprinklers installed in the premises.
1.4.3.1 Annual Inspection
The sprinkler system shall be periodically
Table T 1.4.3.2.2a: Minimum number of
inspected at least once a year by the approved sprinklers per type to be inspected
inspectors.
Total number Minimum number
The inspection report shall confirm that the of sprinklers installed of sprinklers
system is in accordance with the rules, well (n) to be inspected
maintained and in full working order. Any faults (batch)

and deficiencies shall be noted in the inspection n < 5000 20


report and the authorities shall specify the time 5000 < n < 10000 40
limits for rectification. 10000 < n < 20000 60
20000 < n < 30000 80
1.4.3.2 Long-term Reliability Inspection
n > 30000 100
The pipes and the sprinkler’s heads shall be
inspected in great detail at least every 25 years Sprinklers removed for inspection shall be
for wet installations and 15 years for dry or visually inspected:
alternate installations. The following tests shall be carried out on
samples selected from the batch of sprinklers:
1.4.3.2.1 Pipes
t Operating temperature;
The pipework shall be internally and externally
inspected. At least one range pipe shall be t Function and minimum operating pressure;
inspected per 100 sprinklers over an appropriate t Leak resistance;
length. Not less than two-range pipe lengths per t K factor;
control valve set shall be examined. Other pipes
The authorities shall evaluate the results in
shall be inspected if the range pipe examined
function of the demand characteristics of the
exhibits an unacceptable level of corrosion or installation and, if necessary, the sprinklers shall
tuberculation. be changed.
The pipework shall be hydrostatically tested
to a pressure equal to the maximum static 1.4.4 Responsible person
pressure or 12 bar, whichever is the higher The owners shall appoint a responsible
pressure for a period of 2 hours and, where person and a substitute, who after they have
possible, the pipe work shall be thoroughly been given the necessary instructions by the
flushed out. installer, shall ensure that the system remains
in working condition. The name, address and
All defects which can adversely affect the telephone number of the person responsible
hydraulic performance of the system shall for the installation, as well as those of his or her
be eliminated. The national authorities shall substitute, shall be prominently displayed in the
evaluate the pipe defects. sprinkler valve room.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 15

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

The owner shall ensure that: alarm valve, dry


An alarm valve suitable for a dry installation;
– the installation conforms to the rules at all
and/or in association with a wet alarm valve for
times;
an alternate installation.
– the installation is in working order at all
times; alarm valve, pre-action
An alarm valve suitable for a pre-action
– the installation is checked, maintained and installation.
tested in accordance with the installers’
instructions and the CEA non-binding alarm valve, wet
standards; An alarm valve suitable for a wet installation.
– the installation is inspected, by contract, at area of operation
least once a year by one of the approved The maximum area over which it is assumed,
inspectors; for design purposes, that sprinklers will operate
– any faults or deficiencies are corrected within in a fire.
the time limits laid down by the authorities. area of operation, hydraulically most
favourable
The location in a sprinkler array of an area of
2 DEFINITIONS operation of specified shape at which the water
flow is the maximum for a specific pressure.
For the purposes of these rules, the following
definitions apply. area of operation, hydraulically most
unfavourable
‘A’ gauge
The location in a sprinkler array of an area of
A pressure gauge connected to a town main
operation of specified shape at which the water
connection, between the supply pipe stop valve
supply pressure is the maximum needed to give
and the check valve.
the specified design density.
accelerator
arm pipe
A device that reduces the delay in operation of
A pipe less than 0.3 m long, other than the last
a dry alarm valve, or composite alarm valve in section of a range pipe, feeding a single sprinkler.
dry mode, by early detection of the drop in air
or inert gas pressure on sprinkler operation. authorities
An organisation, office, or individual responsible
alarm test valve for enforcing fire requirements or for approving
A valve through which water may be drawn to equipment, materials, an installation or a
test the operation of the water motor fire alarm procedure.
and/or of any associated electric fire alarm.
‘B’ gauge
alarm valve A pressure gauge connected to and on the same
A check valve, of the wet, dry or composite level as an alarm valve, indicating the pressure
type that also initiates the water motor fire on the upstream side of the valve.
alarm when the sprinkler installation operates.
booster pump
alarm valve, alternate An automatic pump supplying water to a
An alarm valve suitable for a wet, dry or sprinkler system from a gravity tank or a town
alternate installation. main.

16 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


2. DEFINITIONS

‘C’ gauge end-side array


A pressure gauge connected to and on the same A pipe array with range pipes on one side only
level as an alarm valve, indicating the pressure of a distribution pipe.
on the downstream side of the valve.
escutcheon plate
control valve set A plate covering the gap between the shank
An assembly comprising an alarm valve, a or body of a sprinkler projecting through a
stop valve and all the associated valves and suspended ceiling, and the ceiling.
accessories for the control of one sprinkler
exhauster
installation.
A device to exhaust the air or inert gas from
design density a dry or alternate installation to atmosphere
The minimum density of discharge, in mm/ on sprinkler operation to give more rapid
min of water, for which a sprinkler installation operation of the alarm valve.
is designed, determined from the discharge
fire resisting compartment
of a specified group of sprinklers, in litres per
An enclosed volume capable of maintaining its
minute, divided by the area covered, in square
fire integrity for a minimum specified time.
metres.
fully calculated
design point A term applied to an installation in which all the
A point on a distribution pipe of a precalculated pipework is sized by hydraulic calculation by the
installation, downstream of which pipework approved sprinkler contractor.
is sized from tables and upstream of which
pipework is sized by hydraulic calculation. gridded configuration
A pipe array in which water flows to each
detector sprinkler sprinkler by more than one route.
A sealed sprinkler mounted on a pressurized
pipeline used to control a deluge valve. hanger
Operation of the detector sprinkler causes loss An assembly for suspending pipework from
of air or inert gas pressure to open the valve. elements of building structure.

distribution pipe high rise system


A pipe feeding either a range pipe directly or A sprinkler system in which the highest sprinkler
a single sprinkler on a non-terminal range pipe is more than 45 m above the lowest sprinkler
more than 0.3 m long. or above the sprinkler pumps, whichever is the
lower.
distribution pipe spur
A distribution pipe from a main distribution installation (sprinkler installation)
pipe, to a terminal branched pipe array. Part of a sprinkler system comprising a control
valve set, the associated downstream pipes and
drop sprinklers.
A vertical distribution pipe feeding a distribution
or range pipe below. installation, alternate
An installation in which the pipework is
end-centre array selectively charged with either water or air/
A pipe array with range pipes on both sides of a inert gas according to ambient temperature
distribution pipe. conditions.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 17

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

installation, dry (pipe) multiple control


An installation in which the pipework is charged A valve, normally held closed by a temperature
with air or inert gas under pressure. sensitive element, suitable for use in a deluge
installation or for the operation of a pressure
installation, pre-action switch.
One of two types of dry, or alternate in dry
mode, installation in which the alarm valve can multi-storey building
be opened by an independent fire detection A building comprising two or more storeys,
above or below ground.
system in the protected area.
node
installation, wet (pipe)
A point in pipework at which pressure and
An installation in which the pipework is always
flow(s) are calculated; each node is a datum
charged with water. point for the purpose of hydraulic calculations
jockey pump in the installation.
A small pump used to replenish minor water pipe array
loss, to avoid starting an automatic suction or The pipes feeding a group of sprinklers. Pipe
booster pump unnecessarily. arrays may be looped, gridded or branched.
looped configuration pre-calculated
A pipe array in which there is more than one A term applied to an installation in which the
distribution pipe route along which water may pipes down-stream of the design point(s) have
flow to a range pipe. been previously sized by hydraulic calculation.
Tables of diameters are given.
main distribution pipe
A pipe feeding a distribution pipe. range pipe
A pipe feeding sprinklers either directly or via
100% flow point (Q100) arm pipes.
The flow at the point of intersection of the
pressure-flow demand characteristic of the riser
A vertical distribution pipe feeding a distribution
most unfavourable area of operation of the
or range pipe above.
sprinkler system and the water supply pressure-
flow characteristic with tank at its lowest water single row rack
level or the town main at its most unfavourable A rack that has no longitudinal flue space and is
conditions. intended for only one pallet in depth

maximum flow demand (Qmax) double row rack


The flow at the point of intersection of the Two single row racks placed back to back with
pressure-flow demand characteristic of the one longitudinal flue space
most favourable area of operation and the
multiple row rack
water supply pressure-flow characteristic with A rack with more than two rows of pallets
the suction source at its normal water level. without aisle
mechanical pipe joint sprinkler (automatic)
A pipe fitting other than threaded tubulars, A nozzle with a thermally sensitive sealing device
screwed fittings, spigots and socket and flanged which opens at a predetermined temperature
joint, used to connect pipes and components. to discharge water for fire fighting.

18 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


2. DEFINITIONS

sprinkler, concealed sprinkler, upright


A recessed sprinkler with a cover plate that A sprinkler in which the nozzle directs water
disengages when heat is applied. upwards.
sprinkler, conventional pattern sprinkler system
A sprinkler that gives a spherical pattern of The entire means of providing sprinkler
water discharge. protection in the premises comprising one or
sprinkler, dry pendent more sprinkler installations, the pipework to
A unit comprising a sprinkler and a dry drop the installations and the water supply/supplies.
pipe unit with a valve, at the head of the pipe,
sprinkler yoke (arms)
held closed by a device maintained in position
The part of a sprinkler that retains the heat
by the sprinkler head valve.
sensitive element in load bearing contact with
sprinkler, dry upright the sprinkler head valve.
A unit comprising a sprinkler and dry rise pipe
unit with a valve, at the base of the pipe, held staggered (sprinkler) layout
closed by a device maintained in position by the An off-set layout with the sprinklers displaced
sprinkler head valve. one-half pitch along the range pipe relative to
the next range or ranges.
sprinkler, fusible link
A sprinkler which opens when a component standard (sprinkler) layout
provided for the purpose melts. A layout with sprinkler on adjacent range pipes
forming a rectangle.
sprinkler, glass bulb
A sprinkler which opens when a liquid-filled subsidiary alternate (wet and dry pipe)
glass bulb bursts. extension
sprinkler, horizontal A part of a wet installation that is selectively
A sprinkler in which the nozzle directs water charged with water or air/inert gas according
horizontally. to ambient temperature conditions and which is
controlled by a subsidiary dry or alternate alarm
sprinkler, pendent valve.
A sprinkler in which the nozzle directs water
downwards. subsidiary dry extension
A part of a wet or alternate installation that is
sprinkler, recessed charged permanently with air or inert gas under
A unit (pre-assembled or assembled on site)
pressure.
comprising a pendent sprinkler and a housing
that ensures that the sprinkler will be installed supply pipe
with all or part of the heat sensing element A pipe connecting a water supply to a trunk main
above the lower plane of the ceiling or the installation main control valve set(s); or
sprinkler, sidewall pattern a pipe supplying water to a private reservoir or
A sprinkler that gives an outward half-paraboloid storage tank.
pattern discharge.
suspended open cell ceiling
sprinkler, spray pattern A ceiling of regular open cell construction
A sprinkler that gives a downward paraboloid through which water from sprinklers can be
pattern discharge. discharged freely.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 19

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

terminal main configuration 3.2 Initial Considerations


A pipe array with only one water supply route
to each range pipe. Consideration shall be given to any benefits that
might be gained by changes in building design,
terminal range configuration work procedures etc., when preparing the
A pipe array with only one water supply route outline design.
from a distribution pipe.
Although an automatic sprinkler system usually
trunk main extends throughout a building or plant, it should
A pipe connecting two or more water supply not be assumed that this entirely obviates the
pipes to the installation main control valve need for other means of fire protection and it is
set(s). important to consider
the fire precautions of the premises as a whole.
water supply datum point
Account shall be taken of possible interaction
A point on the installation pipework at which the
between sprinkler systems and other fire
water supply pressure and flow characteristics
protection measures.
are specified and measured.
Where a sprinkler system or an extension
zone or alteration to a sprinkler system is being
A sub-division of an installation with a specific considered for new or existing buildings and
flow alarm and fitted with a monitored subsidiary industrial plants the relevant authorities shall be
stop valve. consulted at an early stage.

3 CONTRACT PLANNING 3.3 Preliminary or estimating


stage
AND DOCUMENTATION
The information provided shall include the
3.1 General following:
a) a general specification of the system; and
Sprinkler systems, extensions and modifications
shall be carried out by companies that are b) a block plan of the premises showing:
certified or approved for design, installation 1) the type(s) of installation(s) and the
and maintenance of sprinkler systems and using hazard class(es) and storage categories in
components which are approved (see Annex I). the various buildings;
The information specified in 3.3 and 3.4 shall 2) the extent of the system with details of
be available to the user. All drawings and any unprotected areas;
information documents shall carry the following
information: 3) the construction and occupancy of the
main building and any communicating
a) the name of the user and the owner; and/or neighbouring buildings;
b) the address and location of premises; 4) a cross-section of the full height of the
c) the occupancy of each building; building(s) showing the height of the
highest sprinkler above a stated datum
d) the name of the designer; level;
e) the name of the person responsible for c) particulars of the water supplies, which if
checking the design, who shall not also be town main shall include pressure flow data,
the designer; with the date and time of test, and a plan of
f) date and number of issue. the test site; and

20 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


3. CONTRACT PLANNING AND DOCUMENTATION

d) a statement that the installation will comply 3.4.3 Installation layout drawings
fully with these rules or giving details of any
deviations from their requirements and the 3.4.3.1 General
reasons therefore. The scale shall be not less than 1:200. Layout
drawings shall include the following information:
3.4 Design stage a) north point indication;
3.4.1 General b) the class or classes of installation according
to hazard class including storage category
The information provided shall include a and design storage height;
summary schedule (see 3.4.2), complete
c) constructional details of floors, ceilings,
working drawings of the sprinkler installation(s) roofs, exterior walls and walls separating
(see 3.4.3) and details of the water supplies (see sprinklered and non-sprinklered areas;
3.4.4).
d) sectional elevations of each floor of each
building showing the distance of sprinklers
3.4.2 Summary schedule
from ceilings, structural features, etc. which
The summary schedule shall give the following affect the sprinkler layout or the water
information: distribution from the sprinklers;

a) the name of project; e) the location and size of concealed roof or


ceiling voids, offices and other enclosures
b) all drawing or document reference numbers; sealed at a level lower than the roof or
c) all drawing or document issue numbers; ceiling proper;
d) all dates of issue of drawings or documents; f) indication of trunking, stagings, platforms,
machinery, light fittings, heaters, suspended
e) all drawing or document titles; open cell ceilings etc. which may adversely
f) the type(s) of installation(s) and the nominal affect the sprinkler distribution;
diameter(s) of each control valve set; g) the sprinkler type(s) and temperature
g) the number or references of each installation rating(s);
main control valve set in the system; h) the type and approximate location of pipe
h) the number of sprinklers on each control supports;
valve set; i) the location and type of control valve sets
and location of water motor alarms;
i) the piping volume in the case of dry of
alternate installations; j) the location and details of any water flow,
and air or water pressure alarm switches;
j) the height of the highest sprinkler on each
control valve set; k) the location and size of any subsidiary
valves, subsidiary stop valves and drain
k) a statement that the installation will comply valves;
fully with these rules or giving details of any
l) the drainage slope of the pipework;
deviations from their requirements and the
reasons therefore; m) a schedule listing the numbers of sprinklers
and the area of protection;
l) a list of approved components, included in
the system each identified by manufacturer’s n) the location of all test valves;
name and model/reference number. o) the location and details of any alarm panel;

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 21

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

p) the location and details of any fire department pf is the frictional pressure loss in the
inlet connections; distribution pipework between the
q) a key to the symbols used. design point and the control valve ‘C’
gauge, in bar;
NOTE: details of other services should not appear on
sprinkler drawings except insofar as they are necessary ph is the static pressure between the level
for the correct installation of the sprinkler system. of the highest design point on the floor
concerned and the level of the highest
3.4.3.2 Pre-calculated pipework design point in the top storey, in bar;
ps, is the static head loss owing to the
(Limited scope see 6.4.1)
height of the highest sprinkler in the array
For pre-calculated pipework the following concerned above the control valve ‘C’
details shall be given on, or with, the drawings: gauge, in bar.
a) identification of the design point of each
array on the layout drawing (for example, as 3.4.3.3 Fully calculated pipework
in Figure F H.d); For fully calculated pipework, the following shall
b) a summary of the pressure losses between be given, with detailed calculations, either on
the control valve set and the design points at purpose designed work sheets or as a computer
the following design rates of flow: print-out:
1) in an LH installation 2251/min; a) the program name and version number, if
2) in an OH installation 10001/min; applicable;

3) in an HH installation b) the date of the worksheet or print-out;


the Flow corresponding to the c) the actual internal diameters of all pipes used
appropriate design density given in in the calculation;
Table T 6.3.2a; d) for each design area of operation:
c) the calculation as specified in G.2, showing 1) the area identification;
that:
2) the hazard class;
1) in LH and OH installations, for each run
of distribution pipework; 3) the specified design density in millimetres
per minute;
pf - ph
4) the assumed maximum area of operation
is not more than the appropriate value
(area of operation) in square metres;
specified in G.2.3 or G. 2.4; and/or
2) in HHP and HHS installations designed 5) the number of sprinklers in the area of
using Tables TG.2.5a to TG.2.5d; operation;

pf + pd + ps 6) the sprinkler nominal orifice size in


millimetres;
is not more than the residual pressure
available at the control valve set from 7) the maximum area covered per sprinkler
the water supply when it is tested at the in square metres;
appropriate flow rate; 8) detailed and dimensioned working
where drawings showing the following:
Pd is the pressure at the design point – the node or pipe reference scheme used to
specified in Table TG.3.4a or as identify pipes, junctions, sprinkler heads and
appropriate, in bar; fittings which need hydraulic consideration;

22 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


3. CONTRACT PLANNING AND DOCUMENTATION

– the position of the hydraulically most reducing valve, water meter, water lock and any
unfavourable area of operation; connection supplying water for other services,
shall be indicated.
– the position of the hydraulically most
favourable area of operation;
3.4.4.2 Hydraulic calculation
– the four sprinklers upon which the design
density is based; Hydraulic calculation (with relevant flow tests)
shall show that each trunk main together with
– the height above datum of each point of any branch main, from each water supply to a
identified pressure value; main installation control valve set water supply
e) for each operating sprinkler: test and drain valve and control valve ‘C’ gauge
(i.e. including the installation control valves) is
1) the sprinkler node or reference number;
capable of providing the required pressure and
2) the nominal K factor; flow at the installation control valve test and
3) the flow through the sprinkler in litres per drain valve.
minute;
3.4.4.3 Town main
4) the inlet pressure to the sprinkler or
sprinkler assembly in bar; Where a town main forms one or both of the
supplies or provides infill to a reduced capacity
f) for each hydraulically significant pipe: storage tank, the following details shall be given:
1) pipe node or other reference; a) the nominal diameter of the main;
2) nominal bore in millimetres; b) whether the main is double-end fed or dead-
3) the pipe constant for type and condition end; if dead-end, the location of the nearest
(see G1.1.) (e.g. Hazen Williams constant); double- end fed main connected to it;
4) flow in litres per minute; c) the pressure/flow characteristic graph of the
town main determined by a test at a period
5) velocity in metres per second; of peak demand. At least three test points
6) length in metres; shall be shown. The graph shall be corrected
for friction losses and static head difference
7) numbers, types and equivalent lengths of
between the test location and either the
fittings;
control valve ‘C’ gauge or the suction tank
8) static head change in metres; infill valve, as appropriate;
9) pressures at inlet and outlet in bar; d) the date and time of the town main test;
10) friction loss in bar; e) the location of the town main test point
11) indication of flow direction. relative to the installation control valve; and
where the pipework is fully calculated the
3.4.4 Water supply following additional details shall be given
f) a pressure/flow characteristic graph indicating
3.4.4.1 Water supply drawings the available pressure at any flow up to the
The drawings shall show water supplies and maximum flow demand;
pipework there from up to the installation g) the demand pressure/flow characteristic
control valves. The drawings shall be on an graph for each installation for the hydraulically
indicated scale of not less than 1: 100. A key to most unfavourable (and if required the most
the symbols shall be included. The position and favourable) area of operation with pressure
type of stop and check valves and any pressure taken as at the control valve ‘C’ pressure gauge.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 23

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

3.4.4.4 Automatic pump set 3.4.4.5 Pressure tank


Where automatic pump sets form one or The following details shall be provided:
more of the water supplies the following a) the location;
details of each automatic pump set shall be
provided: b) the total volume;

a) a pump characteristic curve for low water c) the volume of stored water;
level ‘X’ (see Figures F 8.3.5a and F 8.4.1b), d) the air pressure;
showing the estimated performance of the e) the height of the highest sprinkler above the
pump or pumps under installed conditions bottom of the tank;
at the control valve ‘C’ gauge;
f) details of the means of replenishment.
b) the pump manufacturer’s data sheet showing
the following: 3.4.4.6 Water storage tank
1) the generated head graph; The following details shall be provided:
2) the power absorption graph; a) the location;
3) the net positive suction head (NPSH) b) the total volume;
graph;
c) the volume and duration of stored water;
4) a statement of the power output of each
d) inflow for reduced capacity tanks;
prime mover;
e) vertical distance between the pump centre
c) the installer’s data sheet showing the pump
line and the tank low water level ‘X’
set installed performance pressure/flow
(see Figures F 8.3.5a and F 8.4.1b);
characteristics, at the control valve ‘C’ gauge
for normal water level and for low water f) structural details of the tank and roof;
level ‘X’ (see Figures F 8.3.5a and F 8.4.1b), g) anticipated frequency of schedule repairs
and at the pump outlet pressure gauge for requiring emptying of the tank.
normal water level;
d) the height difference between the control 3.4.5 Electrical installation for
valve ‘C’ gauge and the pump delivery electrically driven pumps
pressure gauge; The following details shall be provided:
e) the installation number and the hazard a) protection of the cable against mechanical
classification(s); damage;
f) the available and the specified NPSH at b) protection of the cable against fire;
maximum required flow;
c) layout drawing of the electrical installation.
g) the minimum depth of water cover in the
case of submersible pumps; In addition
where the pipework is fully calculated the 3.5 Commencement of
following details shall be provided; installation works
h) the demand pressure/flow characteristic Before the commencement of any works for
for the hydraulically most unfavourable and new installations or an extension to an existing
most favourable area of operation calculated installation, the installer shall send a written
at the control valve ‘C’ gauge. notification to the authorities.

24 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


4. EXTENT OF SPRINKLER PROTECTION

4 EXTENT OF SPRINKLER 4.1.2 Necessary exceptions


PROTECTION Sprinkler protection might be inappropriate in
the following areas of a building or plant:
4.1 Buildings and areas to be
a) silos or bins containing substances which
protected
expand on contact with water;
All areas of a building or of a communicating b) in the vicinity of industrial furnaces or
building shall be sprinkler protected, except in kilns, salt baths, smelting ladles, or similar
the cases indicated hereunder. equipment if the hazard would be increased
Any openings communicating between a by the use of water in extinguishing a fire;
sprinklered and an unsprinklered building c) directly above frying pans and deep fryers
or section shall be closed automatically in and similar equipments
the event of fire to provide a fire resistance
d) areas, rooms or places where the water
equivalent to that of the fire resisting
discharged from a sprinkler might present a
compartment.
hazard.
4.1.1 Permitted exceptions within a In these cases, other automatic extinguishing
building systems shall be designed and installed in
accordance with CEA non-binding standards,
Sprinkler protection shall be considered in the unless a compartmentation according to 4.2 is
following case, but may be omitted after due provided.
consideration of the fire load in each case:
a) washrooms and toilets (but excluding 4.2 Compartmentation and
cloakrooms) which are made of non- separation
combustible materials and which are not
used to store combustible materials; 4.2.1 Compartmentation between a
sprinkler protected area and a
b) enclosed staircases containing no combustible
non-protected area shall be in
material and constructed as fire resisting
accordance with national regulations.
compartments;
Compartmentation and separation
c) enclosed vertical shafts (e.g. lifts or between combustible materials
service shafts) containing no combustible stored in the open air and sprinklered
material and constructed as fire resisting buildings shall be in accordance with
compartments; national regulations.
d) rooms protected by other automatic
extinguishing systems, (e.g. gas, powder 4.2.2 When there are no national regulations,
and water spray), designed and installed in the following should be applied.
accordance with CEA non-binding standards;
NOTE 1: for a single owner or occupier, the
e) the ceiling above the wet end of paper separation between combustible materials stored
machines. The lower level and adjacent in open air and the sprinklered building should be
areas where we usually find all the cable not less than 10 m or 1.5 times the height of the
trays, hydraulics pumps and other technical stored material, whichever is the greater.
equipment are not considered as wet part
NOTE 2: the separation between a sprinkler
and shall be sprinkler protected. .
protected area and a non-protected area should be
Other permitted exceptions can be allowed by at least 60 minutes fire resistant and constructed
the authorities. of non-combustible materials.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 25

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

NOTE 3: sprinkler protection should be provided – OH3, Ordinary Hazard Group 3;


in any adjacent building which is within 10  m of – OH4, Ordinary Hazard Group 4.
the protected building and constitutes an exposure
hazard.
Table T 5.2.2a: Maximum storage heights
for OH occupancies
5 CLASSIFICATION OF
OCCUPANCIES AND FIRE Storage Maximum Width of aisles
category storage height surrounding
HAZARDS h (m) blocks of
storage (m)
Free All
5.1 General standing other
or block cases
The hazard class to which the sprinkler system storage
is to be designed shall be determined before the (ST1)
design work has begun. I 4.0 3.5 2.0
II 3.0 2.6 2.0
The buildings and areas to be protected by
III 2.1 1.7 2.0
automatic sprinkler systems shall be classified as
IV 1.2 1.2 2.0
Light Hazard, Ordinary Hazard or High Hazard.
NOTE: for storage heights exceeding these values, see 5.2.4.
This classification depends on the occupancy
and the fire load and shall be in accordance with
Annex A. Materials may be stored in occupancies
classified as OH1, 2 and 3 provided the following
conditions are met:
5.2 Hazard classes
a) The protection throughout the room shall
Buildings or areas to be protected which contain be designed to at least OH3 ;
one or more of the following occupancies and b) The maximum storage heights shown in
fire hazards shall be classified as belonging to Table T 5.2.2a shall not be exceeded.
one of the following hazard classes:
When the process area is classified as OH4,
5.2.1 Light Hazard - LH storage areas shall be treated as HHS.
c) Blocks of storage including surrounding aisles
Covers non-industrial occupancies with low fire
shall not exceed 216 m2 or an area specified
loads and combustibility and with no single area
by the authorities. Blocks of storage shall
greater than 126 m2 with a fire resistance of at
be separated by aisles all around (see table
least 30 minutes.
T 5.2.2a). The aisle shall be kept free of
storage.
5.2.2 Ordinary Hazard - OH
Covers trading and industrial occupancies 5.2.3 High Hazard, Process - HHP
where combustible materials with a medium fire
Covers trading and industrial occupancies
load and medium combustibility are processed
where the materials concerned have a high fire
or manufactured.
load and high combustibility and are capable of
Ordinary Hazard - OH, is sub-divided into 4 developing a quickly spreading or intense fire.
groups:
High Hazard, Process risks - HHP, is sub-divided
– OH1, Ordinary Hazard Group 1; into 4 groups:
– OH2, Ordinary Hazard Group 2; – HHP1, High Hazard Process Group 1;

26 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


5. CLASSIFICATION OF OCCUPANCIES AND FIRE HAZARDS

– HHP2, High Hazard Process Group 2; – for new packaging;


– HHP3, High Hazard Process Group 3; – for new storage configuration;
– HHP4, High Hazard Process Group 4. – for new product configuration;
– to redefine the classification of one product in
5.2.4 High Hazard, Storage - HHS
the case of bad experience.
Covers the storage of goods where the height NOTE 3: if, for technical reasons, intermediate
of storage exceeds the limits given in 5.2.2. High sprinklers cannot be used, EFSR sprinklers can
Hazard, Storage - HHS, is sub-divided into 4 be used in accordance with annex L. In this case,
categories: the storage configuration shall be approved by the
– HHS1, High Hazard Storage Category I; authorities”.
– HHS2, High Hazard Storage Category II;
5.3.2 Storage Methods
– HHS3, High Hazard Storage Category III;
Methods of storing goods are classified as
– HHS4, High Hazard Storage Category IV. follows:
– ST1: free standing or block stacking;
5.3 Storage
– ST2: post or box pallets in single rows (i.e.
5.3.1 General with aisles no less than 2.4 m wide);
The overall fire hazard of stored goods is a – ST3: post or box pallets in multiple (including
function of the combustibility of the materials double) rows;
being stored, including their packaging, and of
– ST4: palletised rack (beam pallet racking);
the storage configuration.
– ST5: solid or slatted shelves 1 m or less wide;
To determine the required design criteria
for stored goods the procedure shown in – ST6: solid or slatted shelves over 1 m and not
Figure F 5.3.1a shall be followed. more than 6 m wide.
NOTE 1: where large scale fire test data is Typical examples of storage methods are given
available, it may be appropriate to use such data in Figure F 5.3.2a.
to establish design criteria. NOTE: for each storage method, there are specific
NOTE 2: the method described in annex M is one limitations to storage heights depending on the
of the methods which may be used to determine type and design of sprinkler systems (see 6.2).
the risk of product in storage conditions in the In order for sprinkler protection to be effective,
following conditions: the limitations and protection requirements of
– for new material; Table T 5.3.2a shall be met.

YES Consult the authorities


Is it a special hazard?
and see annex K
NO

Does it contain plastic YES Use categorisation Annex B


or rubber? methodology categorisation methodology
NO
Annex C
Consult alphabetic listing Use specified category
alphabetic list of products

Figure F 5.3.1a: Flow chart for determining the class required for storage

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 27

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

free-standing storage (ST1) palletized rack (ST4)

post-pallet storage (ST2) post-pallet storage (ST3) solid or slatted shelves (ST5/6)

Figure F 5.3.2a: Types of storage methods

Table T 5.3.2a: Limitations and protection requirements for different storage methods

Storage Limitations Protection requirements in addition


Configuration to sprinklers at ceiling or roof
ST
ST1 Storage shall be confined to blocks not None
exceeding 150 m2 in plan area (see note 2).
ST2 Aisle between rows shall be not less than None
2.4 m wide.
ST3 Storage shall be confined to blocks not None
exceeding 150 m2 in plan area (see note 2).
ST4 Aisle separating rows are not less than 1.2 m Intermediate sprinklers are recommended
wide. (see note 1)
Aisle separating rows are less than 1.2 m Intermediate sprinklers are required
wide.
ST5 Either the aisle separating rows shall be not Intermediate sprinklers are recommended
less than 1.2 m wide or storage blocks shall (see note 1)
be not more than 150 m2 in plan area (see
note 2).
ST6 Either the aisle separating rows shall be not Intermediate sprinklers are required or, if this
less than 1.2 m wide or storage is impossible, continuous non-combustible full
blocks shall be not more than 150 m2 in plan height vertical bulkheads fitted longitudinally
area (see note 2). and transversally within each shelf.
NOTE 1: when the ceiling clearance is greater than 4 m, in-rack sprinklers shall be used.
NOTE 2: storage blocks shall be separated by aisles not less than 2.4 m wide.

28 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


6. HYDRAULIC DESIGN CRITERIA

5.4 Protection of concealed Protection in concealed spaces shall conform


spaces to LH when the risk is classified as LH, and to
OH1 in all other cases. See clause 15.3 for the
If the height of concealed spaces of roofs and arrangement of the pipe network.
floors exceeds 0.8 m measured from the bottom For hydraulic calculations, it is not required
edge of the roof to the top of the recessed ceiling, to consider the simultaneous operation of
or from floor to bottom of the raised floor, such sprinklers inside the concealed space and under
spaces shall be protected with sprinklers. the concealed space.
If the concealed space, whatever its height, is used
as suction or pressure chamber for ventilation,
6 HYDRAULIC DESIGN
the concealed space shall be protected by
sprinklers.
CRITERIA
Concealed spaces with a height less than 0.8 m, 6.1 General
having a surface area less than 300 m2 and the
maximum length not exceeding 30  m, may be The design density shall be not less than the
omitted from the sprinkler protection if no fire appropriate value given in this clause when
load, including construction materials, exists in all the ceiling or roof sprinklers in the area of
this concealed space. operation, plus any in-rack sprinklers and
supplementary sprinklers, are in operation. The
The following exceptions are accepted:
minimum requirements for design density and
– electrical units, each having a consumption area of operation for LH, OH and HHP classes
not exceeding 1kW. are given in Table T 6.1a. For HHS systems, 6.2
– electrical cables and components used for shall be applied.
lighting and IT installation to the rooms below NOTE: for pre-calculated systems, the correct
or above. design criteria is achieved by the application of
To fulfill the requirement for maximum water supply and piping requirements elsewhere
surface (300 m2) and maximum length (30 m), in these rules.
separations using non combustible material Areas of different densities in open communication
with a fire resistive characteristics equivalent to shall be separated by a zone of at least 2 sprinkler
E-30 shall be used. rows
Table T 6.1a: Design density and area of operation for LH, OH and HHP

Hazard Design density (minimum) Area of operation m2


class mm/min
Wet or pre-action Dry or alternate
LH 2.25 84 not allowed - use OH1
OH1 5.0 72 90
OH2 5.0 144 180
OH3 5.0 216 270
OH4 5.0 360 not allowed - use HHP1
HHP1 7.5 260 325
HHP2 10.0 260 325
HHP3 12.5 260 325
HHP4 Special consideration apply

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 29

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

wide of the higher density extending into the product (or mix of products) and its packaging
designed area of lower density. (including the pallet) and the method and height
of storage.
6.2 High Hazard Storage - HHS Specific limitations apply to the various types of
storage methods as detailed in Clause 5.
6.2.1 General
The type of protection and determination 6.2.2 Ceiling or roof protection only
of the design density and area of operation Table T 6.2.2a specifies the appropriate design
are dependent on the combustibility of the density and area of operation according to

Table T 6.2.2a: Design criteria for HHS with roof or ceiling protection only

Storage Maximum permitted storage height (m) Minimum Area of


methods (See note 1) design operation
density (wet or
pre- action
system)
(See note 2)
category I category II category III category IV mm/min m2
ST1 5.3 4.1 2.9 1.6 7.5 260
free standing 6.5 5.0 3.5 2.0 10.0
or block 7.6 5.9 4.1 2.3 12.5
stacking 6.7 4.7 2.7 15.0
7.5 5.2 3.0 17.5
5.7 3.3 20.0 300
6.3 3.6 22.5
6.7 3.8 25.0
7.2 4.1 27.5
4.4 30.0
ST2 4.7 3.4 2.2 1.6 7.5 260
post pallets 5.7 4.2 2.6 2.0 10.0
in single rows 6.8 5.0 3.2 2.3 12.5
and ST4 5.6 3.7 2.7 15.0
Palletised 6.0 4.1 3.0 17.5
racks
4.4 3.3 20.0 300
(See note 3)
4.7 3.6 22.5
5.3 3.8 25.0
5.7 4.1 27.5
6.0 4.4 30.0
ST3 post or 4.7 3.4 2.2 1.6 7.5 260
box pallets in 5.7 4.2 2.6 2.0 10.0
multiple rows 5.0 3.2 2.3 12.5
and ST5/ 2.7 15.0
ST6 solid or 3.0 17.5
slatted shelves
NOTE 1: the vertical distance from the floor to the sprinkler deflectors, minus 1 m or the highest value shown in the table, whichever is the lower.
NOTE 2: dry and alternate systems should be avoided on High Hazard storages especially with the more combustible products (the higher categories)
and the higher storages. Should it nonetheless be necessary to install a dry or alternate system, the area of operation shall be increased by 25%.
NOTE 3: for double row rack storage (ST4) exceeding 3.2 m in height, longitudinal flue space no less than 0.15 m shall be permanently
maintained from floor to top of storage. Exception is accepted for pallets located directly on floor

30 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


6. HYDRAULIC DESIGN CRITERIA

the category and maximum permitted storage 6.2.3.2 The design density for the roof
height for the various types of storages with roof or  ceiling sprinklers shall be a minimum of
or ceiling protection only. More specifically, 7.5 mm/min over an area of operation of 260 m2.
the storage heights indicated in the table are If goods are stored above the highest level of
considered the maximum for efficient sprinkler intermediate protection, the design criteria for
protection where sprinklers are only provided the roof or ceiling sprinklers shall be taken from
at the roof or ceiling. Storage heights exceeding Table T 6.2.3.2a.
these limits require that intermediate levels
of in-rack sprinklers be provided as per 6.2.3 6.2.3.3 It shall be assumed that 3 heads are
below. The distance between the maximum operating simultaneously on each level of in-rack
permitted storage height and the roof or ceiling sprinklers, up to a maximum of three levels, at
sprinklers should not exceed 4 m. the most hydraulically remote position. Where
NOTE: storage height, building height and ceiling rack aisles are no less than 2.4 m in width only
clearance (the vertical distance between the roof one rack need be assumed to be involved.
or ceiling sprinklers and the top of the storage) Where rack aisles are less than 2.4 m but no less
are all significant variables contributing to the than 1.2 m in width, two racks shall be assumed
effectiveness and required design density of to be involved. Where rack aisles are less than
sprinkler protection. 1.2 m in width, three racks shall be assumed to
be involved.
6.2.3 Intermediate level in-rack
sprinklers In case of racks with more than 1 row of
sprinklers in each protected level, a maximum
6.2.3.1 Where more than 50 intermediate of 3 adjacent rows of sprinklers with 3 (or more
level sprinklers are installed in the racks, roof in case of obstruction – see 11.5.1) sprinklers
or ceiling sprinklers shall be installed with a per line and with a maximum of 3 levels shall be
separate set of control valves. hydraulically considered.

Table T 6.2.3.2a: Design criteria for roof sprinklers with in-rack protection

Storage Maximum permitted storage height above highest Minimum Area of


methods level of intermediate sprinklers (See note 1) design operation
M density (wet or
mm/min pre- action
category I category II category III category IV system)
(See note 2)
m2
ST4 3.5 3.5 2.2 1.6 7.5 260
palletized 2.6 2.0 10.0
rack 3.2 2.3 12.5
3.5 2.7 15.0
ST5 and 4.7 3.4 2.2 1.6 7.5 260
ST6 solid 5.7 4.2 2.6 2.0 10.0
or slatted 5.0 3.2 2.3 12.5
shelves 2.7 15.0
3.0 17.5

NOTE 1: the vertical distance from the highest level of in-rack sprinklers to the roof or ceiling sprinklers, minus1 m.
NOTE 2: dry and alternate systems should be avoided on High Hazard storages especially with the more combustible products (the higher
categories) and the higher storages. Should it nonetheless be necessary to install a dry or alternate system, the area of operation shall be
increased by 25%.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 31

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

6.3 Pressure and flow 6.3.2.1 Where the area of the HHP or HHS
requirements for portion of an occupancy is less than the area of
precalculated systems operation, the flow rate in Table T 6.3.2a can
be proportionately reduced, (see 6.3.2.6), but
6.3.1 LH and OH systems the pressure at the highest sprinklers in the area
The water supply shall be capable of providing shall either be equal to that shown in the table
the flows and pressures at each installation for the appropriate flow rate or be determined
control valve set as specified in Table T 6.3.1a. by hydraulic calculation.
The pressure loss due to friction and static
between the water supply and each control 6.3.2.2 When the HHP or HHS portion of
valve set shall be calculated separately. occupancy involves less than 48 sprinklers, the
flow rate and appropriate pressure shown in
6.3.2 HHP and HHS systems without Table T 6.3.2a shall be available at the level of
in-rack sprinklers the highest sprinklers at the point of entry to
the HHP or HHS area of sprinklers.
NOTE: in-rack sprinklers must always be fully
calculated (see G.3).
6.3.2.3 Where the design area of operation
The water supply shall be capable of delivering is greater than the area of HHP or HHS
at the highest design point not less than the protection and this area is adjacent to the
appropriate flow and pressure specified in table OH protection, the total flow rate shall be
T 6.3.2a, or as modified in 6.3.2.1 to 6.3.2.4. calculated as the sum of the HHP or HHS
The total requirement for the pressure at the portion when reduced proportionately as in
control valve set shall be the sum of the pressure 6.3.2 plus the flow rate for the OH section
at the design point, the pressure equivalent of calculated on the basis of a design density of
the difference in height between the control 5  mm/min. The pressure at the level of the
valve set and the highest sprinkler downstream highest sprinklers in the HHP or HHS portion
of the design point and the pressure loss for the of the risk shall be either that shown in
flow in the piping from the control valve set to Table T 6.3.2a, or be determined by hydraulic
the design point. calculation.

Table T 6.3.1a: Pressure and flow requirements for precalculated LH and OH systems

Hazard Class Flow Pressure at the Flow Pressure at


l/min control valve (maximum the control
set demand flow) valve set (at
bar l/min maximum
demand flow)
bar
LH 225 2.2+Ps - -
OH1 Wet and pre-action 375 1.0+Ps 540 0.7+Ps
OH1 Dry and alternate 725 1.4+Ps 1 000 1.0+Ps
OH2 Wet and pre-action
OH2 Dry and alternate 1 100 1.7+Ps 1 350 1.4+Ps
OH3 Wet and pre-action
OH3 Dry and alternate 1 800 2.0+Ps 2 100 1.5+Ps
OH4 Wet and pre-action
NOTE: Ps is the pressure difference equivalent to the height of the highest sprinkler above the control valve set.

32 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


6. HYDRAULIC DESIGN CRITERIA

Table T 6.3.2a: Pressure and flow requirements


for installations designed using Tables T G.2.5a to T G.2.5d

Design Flow required l/min Pressure at the highest design point bar
density
Area of operation per sprinkler m2
mm/min
Wet or Dry or 6 7 8 9
pre- action alternate
With pipe diameters in accordance with Tables T G.2.5a & T G.2.5b and sprinklers having a K factor of 80
7.5 2 300 2 900 - - 1.80 2.25
10.0 3 050 3 800 1.80 2.40 3.15 3.90

With pipe diameters in accordance with Tables T G.2.5a & T G.2.5c and sprinklers having a K factor of 80
7.5 2 300 2 900 - - 1.35 1.75
10.0 3 050 3 800 1.30 1.80 2.35 3.00
With pipe diameters in accordance with Tables T G.2.5c & T G.2.5d and sprinklers having a K factor of 80
7.5 2 300 2 900 - - 0.70 0.90
10.0 3 050 3 800 0.70 0.95 1.25 1.60
With pipe diameters in accordance with Tables T G.2.5c & T G.2.5d and sprinklers having a K factor of 115
10.0 3 050 3 800 - - - 0.95
12.5 3 800 4 800 - 0.90 1.15 1.45
15.0 4 550 5 700 0.95 1.25 1.65 2.10
17.5 4 850 6 000 1.25 1.70 2.25 2.80
20.0 6 400 8 000 1.65 2.25 2.95 3.70
22.5 7 200 9 000 2.05 2.85 3.70 4.70
25.0 8 000 10 000 2.55 3.50 4.55 5.75
27.5 8 800 11 000 3.05 4.20 5.50 6.90
30.0 9 650 12 000 3.60 4.95 6.50 -

6.3.2.4 When the design area of operation a2


is fed by more than one distribution pipe, the Q2 = Q1
a1
pressure at the level of the highest sprinklers
of the design points shall either be as shown where:
in Table  T  6.3.2a for the appropriate design Q2 is the flow rate required, or in
density, or determined by hydraulic calculation. circumstances described in 6.3.2.4 the
The flow rate for each distribution pipe shall be flow rate in each distribution pipe, in
determined proportionately (see 6.3.2.5). litres per minute;
6.3.2.5 Where the basic design area of opera- Q1 is the flow rate required as given in
tion for a given design density is increased due to Table T 6.3.2a, in litres per minute;
special circumstances, the flow rate shall be pro- a1 is the area of operation for design
portionately increased, (see 6.3.2.6), but the pres- density, in square metres;
sure at the design point shall remain unchanged.
a2 is the area of operation required, or
6.3.2.6 The increased or decreased flow in circumstances described in 6.3.2.4 the
rates shall be determined proportionately as area served by each distribution pipe, in
follows: square metres.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 33

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

6.4 Pipe sizing and layout – HHP 90 min


– HHS 90 min
6.4.1 Pipe sizing
NOTE 1: in the case of town mains, inexhaustible
Pipe sizes shall be determined in accordance sources and all pre-calculated systems, the duration
with Annex G using one of the following is implicit in the requirements given in these rules.
methods:
A water supply shall not be affected by possible
– pre-calculated systems, where the diameters frost conditions or drought or flooding or any
are partly taken from tables and partly other conditions that could reduce the flow
calculated, using the method shown in G. 1 or effective capacity or render the supply
and G. 2; inoperative.
– fully calculated systems, where all diameters All practical steps shall be taken to ensure the
are determined by hydraulic calculation, using continuity and reliability of water supplies.
the method shown in G. 1 and G. 3.
NOTE 2: water supplies should preferably be
The prevention forum member shall decide under the control of the user, or else the reliability
which method or methods shall be used in their and right of use should be guaranteed by the
country, except that new installations and the organisation having control.
following shall always be fully calculated:
The water shall be free from fibrous or
– layouts with intermediate level HHS other matter in suspension liable to cause
sprinklers; accumulations in the system piping. Salt or
– gridded or looped layouts. brackish water shall not be retained in sprinkler
installation pipework.
6.4.2 Maximum system pressure NOTE 3: where there is no suitable fresh water
source available, a salt or brackish water supply
Sprinkler systems shall be designed in such a
may be used provided the installation is normally
way as to ensure that sprinkler heads are never
charged with fresh water.
subjected to a pressure in excess of 12 bar
except during pressure testing of the pipework NOTE 4: in certain countries, the authorities may
where it should comply with 17.1.1 accept reduced duration.

7.1.2 Frost protection


7 WATER SUPPLIES -
The installation control valve set and the
GENERAL feed pipe shall be maintained at a minimum
temperature of 4°C.
7.1 Suitability

7.1.1 Time of operation 7.2 Connections for other


services
Water supplies shall be capable of furnishing
automatically at least the requisite pressure/ 7.2.1 Connection for other water based
flow conditions of the system. Except as automatic fire fighting systems
specified in the case of pressure tanks, each
Water for other water based automatic fire
water supply shall have a minimum water
fighting systems (e.g. foam, spark extinguishing,
volume for the following minimum durations:
deluge, water spray) may be taken from a sprinkler
– LH 30 min system only in accordance with the following:
– OH 60 min a) The systems shall be fully calculated;

34 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


7. WATER SUPPLIES - GENERAL

b) If the supply is capable of supplying the sum sprinkler alarm valve. In this case a stop
of simultaneous maximum calculated flows valve shall be fixed downstream as
from each system, where the systems can near as possible to the connection and
be activated by the same fire. The flows shall consideration regarding false alarm when
be corrected up to the pressure required hose reels are used for a non fire fighting
by the most demanding system. The flow purpose shall be taken into account.
and pressure required by other water e) unless the pressure tank is provided with
based automatic fire fighting systems shall automatic refilling device designed for a flow
be in accordance with the relevant design corresponding to the hose reel maximum
approved by the authority; demand (or 6  m3/h whichever is greater),
c) Connected through a stop valve fitted connection of hose reels to pressure tanks
upstream of the sprinkler alarm valve set(s), as is not permitted.
close as is practical to the point of connection NOTE: However, it needs to be considered that
to the sprinkler system supply pipe; both systems (sprinklers and hose reels) may be
d) The additive volume required by the other out of order at the same time (See 18.1.3 for
water based automatic fire fighting systems precautions and procedures when a system is not
shall be based on their relevant design fully operational).
duration, and f) Unless a single water supply is accepted by
e) The type of water supply shall be superior authority, the type of water supply shall be
single or duplicate. superior single or duplicate.

7.2.2 Connection for hose reels 7.2.3 Connection for hydrants


Water for hose reels may be taken from a Water for hydrants may be taken from a
sprinkler system only in accordance with the sprinkler system only in accordance with the
following: following:
a) The systems shall be fully calculated; a) The systems shall be fully calculated;
b) If the supply is capable of supplying the b) If the supply is capable of supplying the sum of
sum of simultaneous maximum calculated simultaneous maximum calculated flows from
flows from each system. The flows shall be each system. The flows shall be corrected
corrected up to the pressure required by up to the pressure required by the most
the most demanding system. The flow and demanding system. The flow and pressure
pressure required by hose reels shall be required by hydrants shall be approved by the
approved by the authority; authority. In no case the water demand shall
be less than 60 m3/h when 1 single hydrant
c) The additive volume required by the hose is connected, 120 m3/h when 2 hydrants are
reels shall be based on the duration decided connected and 180  m3/h when 3 or more
by the authority but shall not be less than hydrants are connected;
20 minutes;
c) Connected through a stop valve fitted
d) Connected according to one of the following: upstream of the sprinkler alarm valve set(s), as
1) Through a stop valve fitted upstream of close as is practical to the point of connection
the sprinkler alarm valve set(s), as close to the sprinkler system supply pipe;
as is practical to the point of connection d) The additive volume required by the
to the sprinkler system supply pipe; hydrants shall be based on the duration
2) If accepted by the authority hose reels decided by the authority but shall not be less
may be connected downstream the than 1 hour;

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 35

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

e) The type of water supply shall be superior pressure and flow for checking compliance with
single or duplicate. clauses 6.3 and 9.
NOTE: However it needs to be considered that
both systems (sprinklers and hydrants) may be
7.4.1 At control valve sets
out of order at the same time (See 18.1.3 for A flow measuring device shall be installed at
precautions and procedures when a system is not each control valve set except in the following
fully operational). cases:

7.2.4 Connection for drinking and a) where two or more control valve sets
sanitary water (non industrial use) are installed together, the device need
be installed only at the hydraulically most
If accepted by the authority, water for drinking remote set, or, when the installations belong
and sanitary purpose may be taken from the to different hazard classes, at the control
pipe connected to the town main and feeding valve set which requires the highest water
the sprinkler system only in accordance with flow;
the following: b) where the water supply is by an automatic
a) The system shall be fully calculated; pump or pumps, the flow measuring device
b) The connection for drinking and sanitary may be installed at the pumphouse.
water shall be limited to one single connection In all cases, the appropriate allowance must
and shall not be more than 25 mm when the be made for the pressure losses between the
sprinkler supply pipe is no less than 100 mm water source and the control valve set(s) using
and 40 mm when the sprinkler supply pipe is the calculation methods specified in G.1.
no less than 150 mm; Adequate facilities shall be provided for the
c) If the supply is capable of supplying the sum disposal of test water.
of simultaneous maximum calculated flows
NOTE: dry or alternate control valve sets (main
from sprinkler system and a fixed value for
or subsidiary) may have an additional flow test
drinking and sanitary water: 6 m3/h for 25 mm
valve arrangement of unspecified flow loss
connection and 12 m3/h for 40 mm connection;
characteristic fitted below the control valve set,
d) Connected through a stop valve fitted downstream of the main stop valve, to facilitate
upstream of the sprinkler alarm valve set(s), as informal supply pressure testing. Such flow test
close as is practical to the point of connection valves and pipework should have a nominal
to the sprinkler system supply pipe. diameter of 40  mm for LH installations and of
50 mm for other installations.
7.3 Housing of equipment
for water supplies 7.4.2 At water supplies
At least one suitable flow and pressure
Water supply equipment, such as pumps,
measuring arrangement shall be permanently
pressure tanks and gravity tanks, shall not be
installed and shall be capable of checking each
housed in buildings or sections of premises
water supply.
in which there are hazardous processes or
explosion hazards. The testing apparatus shall be of adequate
capacity and shall be installed in accordance with
7.4 Test facility devices the manufacturer’s instructions. Care shall be
taken with the distance from valves and fittings.
Sprinkler installations shall be permanently The apparatus shall be installed in a frost-proof
provided with suitable devices for measuring area.

36 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


8. CHOICE OF WATER SUPPLY

7.5 Pressure/flow tests 7.7 Water contamination


on water supplies protection

For both precalculated and fully calculated Where a water contamination problem
installations, the water supply shall be tested at arises, consideration shall be given in
least at the installation maximum flow demand accordance with national regulation and/or the
(Q max). recommendations given in the document entitled
« Recommendations for the Fire Protection of
Stores Containing Hazardous Substances ».
7.6 Water supply
pressure test

7.6.1 General 8 CHOICE OF WATER SUPPLY

Use the test facility specified in clause 7.4. 8.1 General


Test each supply to the installation independently
This chapter describes the various water
with all other supplies isolated.
supplies and combinations. National authorities
shall determine the acceptabilities of these
7.6.2 Storage pump and pressure in respect of the hazard classifications and
tank supplies sprinkler installation.
Fully open the stop valves controlling the flow Water supplies shall be one or more of the
from the supply to the installation. Open the following:
installation drain and test valve fully and check
a) town mains (see 8.2);
that pump(s) if fitted start automatically.
Check that the flow is as specified in clause 6.3 b) water storage tanks (see 8.3);
and that recorded during the commissioning c) inexhaustible sources (see 8.4);
test.
d) pressure tanks (see 8.5).
Record the supply pressure measured on the C
gauge. Compare this with the appropriate value 8.2 Town mains
specified in clause 6.3 and the value recorded
during the commissioning test. 8.2.1 General
The town main shall be capable of satisfying the
7.6.3 Town main, booster pump,
requirements for pressure, flow and duration.
elevated private reservoir
and gravity tank supplies NOTE: it may be necessary to take into account
extra flow required for fire brigade purposes.
Fully open the stop valves controlling the
flow from the supply to the installation. Consideration shall be given to fitting strainers
Open the drain and test valve and check on all connections from town mains.
that the pump(s), if installed, have started In the case of single water supplies, consideration
automatically. Manipulate the drain and test shall be given to the installation of a pressure
valve to give the appropriate flow specified in switch on the supply connection which shall
clause 6. When the flow is steady record the operate an alarm system when the pressure in
supply pressure measured on the C gauge. the supply drops to a predetermined value. The
Compare this with the appropriate value switch shall be positioned on the supply side of
specified in clause 6 and the value recorded any back pressure valve and shall be equipped
during the commissioning test. with a test valve.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 37

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

8.2.2 Boosted mains water level and the lowest effective water level.
If the tank is not frost proof, the normal water
If booster pumps are used, they shall be installed level shall be increased by 1.0 m and ice venting
in accordance with the requirements of clause 9. provided. In the case of enclosed tanks, easy
NOTE: the agreement of the water authority will access shall be provided.
normally be needed before a booster pump can
be connected to a town main. The water authority 8.3.2.1 Precalculated systems
or water undertaker will normally require that the
Table T 8.3.2.1a specifies the minimum effective
pump cannot draw vacuum under any water supply
volume of water required for LH and OH
and demand condition.
precalculated systems. The quantities of water
Stop valves shall be fitted in the pump suction indicated shall be reserved solely for the use of
and delivery pipes as well as back pressure the sprinkler system.
valves in the pump delivery. Where a single
Table T 8.3.2.1b specifies the minimum quantity
pump is supplied, a by-pass connection shall
of water required for precalculated HHP or
be provided with at least the same dimension
HHS systems. The water volume indicated shall
as the water supply connection to the pump
be reserved solely for the use of the sprinkler
and be fitted with a back pressure valve and
system.
two stop valves. The pump or pumps shall be
reserved solely for fire protection.
8.3.2.2 Calculated systems
8.3 Water storage tanks The minimum water volume shall be calculated
by multiplying the flow at the most unfavourable
8.3.1 General area of the system (hydraulically calculated) by
the following:
Water storage tanks, where used, shall be one
or more of the following: – LH 30 minutes
– pump suction tank; – OH 60 minutes
– gravity tank; – HH 90 minutes
– reservoir.
8.3.3 Refill rates for full capacity tanks
8.3.2 Minimum water volume The water source shall be capable of refilling
the tank in no more than 36 hours.
For each system a minimum water volume is
specified. This shall be supplied from one of the The outlet of any feed pipe shall be situated at
following: least 2.0 m away from the pump inlet, measured
horizontally.
– a full capacity tank, with an effective capacity
at least equal to the specified minimum water
8.3.4 Reduced capacity tanks
volume. The tank may be divided into two
sections; The following conditions shall be met for
– a reduced capacity tank (see 8.3.4), where reduced capacity tanks:
the required minimum water volume is a) the inflow shall be from a town main and shall
supplied jointly by the effective capacity of be automatic, via at least two mechanical
the tank plus the automatic infill. float valves;
The effective capacity of a tank shall be calculated b) the effective capacity of the tank shall be no
by taking the difference between the normal less than that shown in Tables T 8.3.4a;

38 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


8. CHOICE OF WATER SUPPLY

Table T 8.3.2.1a: Minimum water volume for precalculated LH and OH systems

Group Height h of the highest Minimum water volume


sprinkler above the lowest m3
sprinkler (See note 1)
LH - Wet or pre-action h ≤ 15 9
15< h ≤ 30 10
30 < h ≤ 45 11
OH1 - Wet or pre-action h ≤ 15 55
15 < h ≤ 30 70
30 < h ≤ 45 80
OH1 - Dry or alternate h ≤ 15 105
OH2 - Wet or pre-action 15 < h ≤ 30 125
30 < h ≤ 45 140
OH2 - Dry or alternate h ≤ 15 135
OH3 - Wet or pre-action 15 < h ≤ 30 160
30 < h 45 185
OH3 - Dry or alternate h ≤ 15 160
OH4 - Wet or pre-action 15 < h ≤ 30 185
30 < h ≤ 45 200
OH4 - Dry or alternate Use HH protection
NOTE 1: Excluding sprinklers in the sprinkler valve room.

Table T 8.3.2.1b: Minimum water volume for Table T 8.3.4a: Minimum capacity of reduced


precalculated HHP and HHS systems capacity tanks

Design density Minimum water volume Hazard Class Minimum capacity


not exceeding m3 m3
mm/min LH - Wet or pre-action 5
Wet Dry
systems systems OH1 - Wet or pre-action 10
7.5 225 280 OH1 - Dry or alternate 20
10.0 275 345 OH2 - Wet or pre-action
12.5 350 440 OH2 - Dry or alternate 30
15.0 425 530 OH3 - Wet or pre-action
17.5 450 560
20.0 575 720 OH3 - Dry or alternate 50
22.5 650 815 OH4 - Wet or pre-action
25.0 725 905 HHP and HHS 70, but in no case less
27.5 800 1 000 than 10% of the full
30.0 875 1 090 capacity

8.3.5 Effective capacity of thanks and


c) the tank capacity plus the inflow shall be dimensions of suction chambers
sufficient to supply the system at full capacity
as specified in 8.3.2; The effective capacity of storage tanks shall be
calculated as shown in Figure F 8.3.5a, where:
d) it shall be possible to check capacity of the
inflow; – N is the normal water line;

e) the inflow arrangement shall be accessible – X is the low water level;


for inspection. – D is the diameter of the suction pipe.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 39

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

Table  T  8.3.5a specifies minimum dimensions If a vortex inhibitor is installed with the minimum
for the following: dimensions specified in Table T 8.3.5a, dimension
– ‘A’ from the suction pipe to the low water ‘A’ may be reduced to 0.10 m.
level, (see Figure F 8.3.5a); A tank may be provided with a sump in order
– ‘B’ from the suction pipe to the bottom of to maximise the effective capacity (See Figure
the sump, (see Figure F 8.3.5a). F 8.3.5a). In this case the sump width shall be

A1 B1
N N

X X
A ≥ 0.03 m
D
B A
D
≥ 5D ≥ 0.3D B
≥ 5D ≥ 0.3D

A2 B2
N N

X ≥ 0.03 m X
A
D A
B D
≥ 6D B
≥ 6D

> 2.5D > 2.5D


b ≥ 6D
> 2.5D b > 5D

> 2.5D

effective capacity

Figure F 8.3.5a: Effective capacity of suction tanks and dimensions of suction chamber

Table T 8.3.5a: Suction pipe inlet clearances

Nominal diameter of Distance ’A’ minimum Distance ‘B’ minimum Minimum dimension
suction pipe’D’ m m of vortex inhibitor
mm m
65 0.25 0.08 0.20
80 0.31 0.08 0.20
100 0.37 0.10 0.40
150 0.50 0.10 0.60
200 0.62 0.15 0.80
250 0.75 0.15 1.00
300 0.90 0.20 1.20
400 1.05 0.20 1.20
500 1.20 0.20 1.20

40 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


8. CHOICE OF WATER SUPPLY

not less than 6 times the nominal diameter of shall have a continuous slope towards the
the suction pipe. settling chamber or suction pit of at least 1:125.
The diameter of feed pipes or conduit shall be
8.3.6 Strainers determined by the following formula
In the case of pumps under suction lift d1 ≥ 21.68 Q0.357
conditions, a strainer shall be fitted upstream
of the back pressure valve on the pump suction where:
pipe. It shall be fitted so that it can be cleaned d1: internal diameter in mm;
without the tank having to be emptied. In
Q: flow in l/min.
the case of open tanks feeding pumps under
positive head conditions, a strainer shall be The suction chamber dimensions shall be as
fitted to the suction pipe outside the tank. A specified in 8.3.5.
stop valve shall be installed between the tank
and the strainer. In the case of flowing waters the angle between
the flow direction and the intake axis (seen in
Strainers shall have a cross-sectional area of the direction of flow) shall be less than 60°.
at least 1.5 times the nominal area of the pipe
and shall not allow objects greater than 5 mm 8.4.1.2 The inlet to pipes or conduit shall
diameter to pass. be submerged at least one diameter below
the lowest known water level. The depth d1
8.4 Inexhaustible sources of water in open channels or weirs (including
the weir between the settling chamber and
Water sources include natural and artificial
suction chamber) below the lowest known
sources such as rivers, canals and lakes which
water level of the water source shall be not
are virtually inexhaustible for reasons of capacity
less than that specified in Table T 8.4.1a for the
and climate etc.
corresponding width w and flow, where the
8.4.1 Settling chambers flow is the maximum flow demand (Qmax) The
and suction pits total depth of open channels and weirs shall
accommodate the highest known water level of
8.4.1.1 Where a suction or other pipe draws the water source.
from a settling chamber or suction pit fed
The dimension of the suction chamber and the
from an inexhaustible source, the design and
location of suction pipes from the walls of the
dimensions in Figure F 8.4.1b shall apply. Pipes,
chamber, their submergence below the lowest
conduits and the bed of open-topped channels
known water level (making any necessary
allowances for ice) and clearance from the
S bottom shall conform to 8.3.5 Figures F 8.5.3a
su ettl
ct ing and figure F 8.4.1b.
io a
n nd
The settling chamber shall have the same
width and depth as the suction chamber
In and a length of at least 10 d1 where d1 is the
ta minimum bore of the pipe or conduit, and not
ke
< 60° ax less than 1.5 m.
is
River flow direction 8.4.1.3 The chamber, including any screening
Figure F 8.4.1a: Location of settling and suction arrangement, shall be arranged to prevent
chamber: water flow direction ingress of wind borne debris and of sunlight.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 41

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

strainers shut-off unit

lowest know
water level X
d1 d1
D
h (m)
≥ 0.3 m suction
settling chamber chamber

≥ 10d1 (minimum 1.5 m) ≥ 5D


h = f(A.B.D) according to 8.3.5, Fig. 4, Table 13
≥ 0.3D

strainers

w shut-off unit b D

b = f(D) according to 8.3.5, Fig. 4, Table 13

Chambers with inlet as weir

strainers
shut-off unit

lowest know
water level X

d1 d1
D
h (m)
suction
settling chambers chamber

≥ 10d1 (minimum 1.5 m) ≥ 5D

≥ 0.3D
h = f(A.B.D) according to 8.3.5, Fig. 4, Table 13

strainers w shut-off b D
unit

suction
settling chambers chamber

b = f(D) gem. according to 8.3.5, Fig. 4, Table 13

Chambers with inlet above open channel

42 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


8. CHOICE OF WATER SUPPLY

strainers
shut-off unit

lowest know
water level X

≥ d1 ≥ d1 D
d1 h (m)
≥ 0.3 m suction
settling chamber chamber

≥ 10d1 (minimum 1.5 m) ≥ 5D


≥ 0.3D
h = f(A.B.D) according to 8.3.5, T8.4.1a and F8.3.5a

strainers

d1 b D

suction
settling chambers chamber

b = f(D) according to 8.3.5, T8.4.1a and F8.3.5a

Chambers with inlet through pipe or feed pipe

Figure F 8.4.1b: Settling chamber and suction chamber

8.4.1.4 Before entering the settling chamber obstructed and have a mesh not greater than
the water shall first pass through a removable 12.5 mm.
screen of wire mesh or perforated metal plate Two screens shall be provided, with one in
having an aggregate clear area below the water use and the other in a raised position ready for
level of 150  mm2 for each litre/min at the interchange when cleaning is necessary.
maximum flow demand (Qmax)
8.4.1.6 Where the suction inlet draws from
8.4.1.5 The inlet to the pipe or conduit a walled off area of the bed of the river, canal,
feeding the settling chamber or suction lake etc., the wall itself shall be extended above
chamber shall be provided with a strainer the water surface with an aperture screening
having an aggregate clear opening of at least arrangement. Alternatively, the space between
five times the cross sectional area of the pipe the top of the wall and the water surface shall
or conduit. The individual openings shall be be enclosed with a screen. Screens shall be as
of such a size as to restrict the passage of a specified in 8.4.1.4.
25  mm diameter sphere. Provision shall be
made for the settling chamber to be isolated 8.4.1.7 Excavation of the bed of the lake
for periodical cleaning and maintenance. etc., to create the necessary depth for a
Duplicate supplies shall be provided with pump suction inlet is not recommended, but if
separate suction and settling chambers. The unavoidable the area shall be enclosed with the
screen shall be strong enough to withstand largest screen practicable, but in any case having
the weight of water should it become sufficient clear area as specified in 8.4.1.4.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 43

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

Table T 8.4.1a: Minimum width of inlet to settling chambers, suction chambers, open channels and weirs

0.25 m < d1* < 0.5 m 0.5 m ≤ d1* ≤ 1.0 m d1* ≥ 1.0 m
width maximum flow l/min width maximum flow width maximum flow
m m l/min m l/min
0.088 280 0.082 522 0.078 993
0.125 497 0.112 891 0.106 1 690
0.167 807 0.143 1 380 0.134 2 590
0.215 1 200 0.176 1 960 0.163 3 630
0.307 2 060 0.235 3 160 0.210 5 650
0.334 2 340 0.250 3 510 0.223 6 260
0.410 3 160 0.291 4 480 0.254 7 830
0.500 4 190 0.334 5 590 0.286 9 580
0.564 4 950 0.361 6 340 0.306 10 750
0.750 7 260 0.429 8 310 0.353 13 670
1.110 12 050 0.527 11 420 0.417 18 070
1.170 12 800 0.539 11 820 0.425 18 640
1.500 17 380 0.600 13 900 0.462 21 410
2.000 24 400 0.667 16 270 0.500 24 400
4.500 60 300 0.819 21 950 0.581 31 140
1.000 29 170 0.667 38 910
2.000 203 300
* Dimension d in Figure F 8.4.1b.
NOTE: for dimensions not included in this table, the conduit shall be designed such that the water velocity does not exceed 0.2 m/s.

8.5 Pressure tanks fire protection water supplies and equipment.


When the pressure tank is housed in a sprinkler
8.5.1 General protected building the area shall be enclosed
A pressure tank is a tank containing water by fire resistant construction of no less than
under air pressure which shall be sufficient to 30 minutes.
ensure that all the water can be discharged at The pressure tank and housing shall be
the necessary pressure. maintained at or above a temperature of 4°C.
The pressure tank shall be reserved solely for
the sprinkler system.
8.5.3 Minimum capacity (water)

The pressure tank shall be easily accessible The minimum quantity of water in a pressure
for external and internal inspection. It shall be tank for a single supply shall be 15 m3 for LH and
protected against corrosion both internally and 23 m3 for OH1.
externally. The minimum quantity of water in a pressure
The discharge pipe shall be situated at least tank for duplicate supplies shall be 15 m3 in LH
0.05 m above the bottom of the tank. and OH (all groups).

8.5.2 Housing 8.5.4 Air pressure and contents


The pressure tank shall be housed either in 8.5.4.1 General
a readily accessible position in a sprinkler
protected building or in a separate sprinkler The air space shall not be less than one third of
protected building of non-combustible the pressure tank volume.
construction used solely for the housing of Pressure in the tank shall not exceed 12 bar.

44 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


8. CHOICE OF WATER SUPPLY

The air pressures and water flow rates from the 8.5.6 Control and safety equipment
tank shall be sufficient to satisfy the sprinkler
installation demand requirements, up to the The tank shall be fitted with a pressure gauge
point of exhaustion. and the correct service pressure shall be marked
on the gauge.
8.5.4.2 Calculation A gauge glass shall be fitted to indicate the water
level. Stop valves shall be fitted at each end of
The air pressure to be maintained in the tank
the gauge glass and they shall normally be kept
shall be determined from the following formula:
closed and a drain valve shall also be provided.
Vt The gauge glass shall be protected against
P = (P1 + P2 + 0.1h) – P1
Va mechanical damage and shall be marked with
the correct water level.
where:
The tank shall be fitted with suitable safety
P is the gauge pressure, in bar; devices to ensure that the highest permitted
P1 is atmospheric pressure, in bar pressure is not exceeded.
(assume P1 = 1);
P2 is the minimum pressure required at 8.6 Type of water supply
the highest sprinkler at pressure tank
An example of the choice of the water supply is
exhaustion, in bar. For precalculated
given in annex N. The authorities shall be consulted
systems this value shall be taken from
to determine the choice of water supply.
Tables T 6.3.1a and T 6.3.2a, plus any
additional pressure losses between the
8.6.1 Single water supplies
control valve set and pressure tank
(Table 6.3.1a) or between the design The water supply shall conform to the pressure,
point and pressure tank (Table T 6.3.2a), flow and duration requirements given in clauses
but ignoring static pressure; 8 and 6.
h is the height of the highest sprinkler The following constitute acceptable single water
above the bottom of the pressure tank supplies:
(i.e. negative if the highest sprinkler is
a) town main;
below the tank), in metres;
b) town with one or more booster pumps;
Vt is the total volume of the tank, in
cubic metres; Va is the volume of air in c) pressure tank (LH and OH1 only);
the tank, in cubic metres. d) gravity tank;

8.5.5 Charging with air and water e) storage tank with one or more pumps;
f) inexhaustible source with one or more
Pressure tanks used as a single supply shall
pumps.
be provided with means for automatically
maintaining the air pressure and water level. The 8.6.2 Superior single water supplies
air and water supplies shall be capable of filling
and pressurising the tank completely in no more Superior single water supplies are single water
than 8 hours. supplies which provide a higher degree of
The water supply shall be capable of topping up reliability. They include the following:
with water at the gauge pressure (P in 8.5.4) of a) town main fed from both ends, where each
the pressure tank with a flow of at least 6 m3/h. end is capable of satisfying the pressure and

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 45

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

flow demands of the system. The town main 8.7 Isolation of water supplies
pipe network shall be fed from two or more
water sources and shall not be dependent at The connections between the water sources
any point on a single, common trunk main; and sprinkler control valve sets shall be arranged
so as to ensure the following:
If booster pumps are required, two or more
shall be provided. a) that servicing of main components such as
strainers, pumpsets, back pressure valves
Provided that flow and pressure from one
and water meters is facilitated;
single direction are able to cover the required
demand without booster pump, only one single b) that any problem occurring to one supply
booster pump is required , if accepted by the shall not impair the operation of any other
authority. source or supply;
b) gravity tank with no booster pump, or water c) that maintenance can be carried out on one
storage tank with two or more pumps, where supply without impairing the operation of
the tank fulfils the following conditions: any other source or supply.
– The tank shall be full capacity;
– There shall be no entry for light or foreign 9 PUMPS
matter;
– Potable water shall be used; 9.1 General
– Painting or other corrosion protection, The H(Q) characteristic curve for the sprinkler
which reduces the need for emptying the pumps should be stable and flat. No instability
tank for maintenance shall be approved by may amount to more than 5% of the maximum
the authorities (see clause 18.4.6); deliver head.
c) inexhaustible source with two or more Pumps shall be driven either by electric motors
pumps. or diesel engines capable of providing at least the
power required to comply with the following:
8.6.3 Duplicate water supplies a) For pumps with non-overloading power
Duplicate water supplies consist of two characteristic curves: the maximum power
single water supplies where each supply is required at the peak of the power curve plus
independent of the other. Each of the supplies a 5% safety margin for electrical driven pump
forming part of a duplicate supply shall conform or 20% for diesel engines;
to the pressure and flow characteristics given in b) For pumps with rising power characteristic
clause 6. curves: the maximum power for any
Any combination of single supplies (including conditions of pump load, from zero flow
superior single supplies) may be used, with the to a flow corresponding to a pump NPSH
following limitations: required equal to 16 m or maximum suction
static head plus 11  m whichever is greater
a) no more than one pressure tank shall be
plus a 5% safety margin for electrical driven
used for OH systems; pump or 20% for diesel engines;
b) no more than one storage tank of the The coupling between the driver and the
reduced capacity type shall be used. pump of horizontal pumpsets shall be of a type
Two or more pumps drawing water from which ensures that either can be removed
two independent suction tanks constitute an independently and in such a way that pump
acceptable duplicate water supply. internals can be inspected or replaced without

46 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


9. PUMPS

affecting suction or discharge piping. End suction on the downstream side of the outlet non-
pumps shall be of the “back pull-out” type. return valve of the pump via a subsidiary stop
Pipework shall be supported independently of valve secured in the open position, together
the pump. with a water flow detector in accordance with
EN 12259-5, to provide visible and audible
indication of the operation of the sprinklers.
9.2 Multiple pump The alarm equipment shall be installed either at
arrangements the control valves or at a responsibly manned
Pumps shall have compatible characteristic location such as a gatehouse.
curves and be capable of operating in parallel at A 15-mm nominal diameter drain and test valve
all possible flow rates. shall be fitted downstream of the flow alarm to
Where two pumps are installed, each one permit a practical test of the alarm system.
shall be capable independently of providing the
specified flows and pressures.
9.3.3 Temperature

Where three pumps are installed, each pump The pump compartment shall be maintained at
shall be capable of providing at least 50% of the or above the following temperature:
specified flow at the specified pressure. – 4°C for electric motor driven pumps;
Where more than one pump is installed in a – 10°C for diesel engine driven pumps.
superior or duplicate water supply, no more
than one shall be driven by an electric motor. 9.3.4 Ventilation
(See clause 9.8.1.1)
Pump compartments for diesel engine driven
pumps shall be provided with adequate
9.3 Compartments for
ventilation in accordance with the supplier’s
pumpsets
recommendations.
9.3.1 General
9.4 Maximum temperature of
Pumpsets shall be housed in a compartment
of non-combustible construction having a fire
water supply
resistance of no less than 60 min, used for no The water supply temperature shall not exceed
other purpose than fire protection. It shall be 40°C. Where submersible pumps are utilised
one of the following (in order of preference): the water temperature shall not exceed 25°C,
a) A separate building; unless the suitability of the motor has been
proven for temperatures up to 40°C.
b) A building adjacent to a sprinkler-protected
building with direct access from outside;
9.5 Valves and accessories
c) A compartment within a sprinkler-protected
building with direct access from outside. A stop valve shall be fitted in the pump suction
pipe and a non-return and a stop valve shall be
9.3.2 Sprinkler protection fitted in the delivery pipe. In lift condition, when
Compartments for pumpsets shall be sprinkler- the centre line of the pump is above the maximum
protected. Where the pump compartment water level, a stop valve may be omitted.
is separate, it may be impractical to provide Any taper pipe fitted to the pump outlet shall
sprinkler protection from the control valve expand in the direction of flow at an angle not
sets in the premises. Sprinkler protection may exceeding 20°. Valves on the delivery side shall
be provided from the nearest accessible point be fitted after any taper pipe.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 47

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

Means for venting all cavities of the pump casing when it is not practicable to arrange positive suction
shall be provided unless the pump is made self- head. It is critical that suction lift arrangements
venting by arrangement of its branches. should not vary from that stated in 9.6.2 and as
Arrangements shall be made to ensure a shown in figures F 9.6.2.4a.
continuous flow of water through the pump
sufficient to prevent overheating when it is 9.6.2 Suction pipe
operating against a closed valve. This flow shall 9.6.2.1 General
be taken into account in the system hydraulic
calculation and pump selection. The outlet shall The pump suction shall be connected to a
be clearly visible and where there is more than straight or taper pipe at least two diameters
one pump the outlets shall be separate. long. The taper pipe shall have horizontal
NOTE: Diesel engine cooling circuits usually use topside and a maximum included angle not
the same water. However, if additional water is exceeding 20º. Valves shall not be fitted directly
used, it shall also be taken into account. to the pump inlet.

Tapings on the pumps for inlet and outlet The suction piping, including all valves and
pressure gauges shall be easily accessible. fittings, shall be designed in such a way as to
ensure that the available NPSH at the pump
inlet exceeds the required NPSH by at least
9.6 Suction conditions
1  m with flow defined in table T9.6.2.1a and
9.6.1 General maximum water temperature.
Suction piping shall be laid either horizontal or
Wherever possible, horizontal centrifugal pumps
with a continuous slight rise towards the pump
should be used, installed with a positive suction
to avoid the possibility of air locks forming in
head. i.e. in accordance with the following:
the pipe.
– At least two thirds of the effective capacity
A foot valve shall be fitted where the centre line
of the suction tank shall be above the level of
of the pump is above the low water level (see
the pump centre line;
8.3.5).
– The pump centre line shall be no more than
2 m above the low water level of the suction 9.6.2.2 Positive head
tank (level X in 8.3.5).
The diameter of the suction pipe shall be no
NOTE 1: If this is not feasible, the pump may be less than 65  mm. Furthermore, the diameter
installed under suction lift conditions or vertical shall be such that a velocity of 1.8 m/s is not
turbine pumps may be used. exceeded when the pump is operating at flow
NOTE 2: Suction lift and submersible pump defined in table T9.6.2.1a. This velocity may
arrangements should be avoided and only used be increased to 2.5 m/s, if the pressure in the

Table T 9.6.2.1a: Pump pressure and flow rating

Pipework Hazard Class Flow reference for suction pipe Pump inlet condition
Pre-calculated LH/OH Maximum demand flow from table For tanks, with water
T 6.3.1a supply at low water level
(see X in Figure F 8.3.5a).
HH 1.4 × Flow Required from table T 6.3.2a
For booster pumps, with
Fully calculated All Flow at 1.4 × Q100 minimum town main
pressure.

48 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


9. PUMPS

suction pipe is not more than 0.4 bar below The priming tank, the pump and the suction
ambient pressure, when considering water pipework shall be kept constantly full of water
supply at low water level. even where there is leakage from the foot valve
referred to in F 9.6.2.3. Should the water level
Where more than one pump is provided the
in the tank fall to two-thirds of the normal level,
suction pipes may only be inter-connected if
the pump shall start.
they are fitted with stop valves to allow each
pump to continue operating when the other If the supply to the priming tank is taken from
is removed for maintenance. The connections the town main forming a supply to the sprinkler
shall be dimensioned as appropriate for the installation, the connection shall be made
flow rate required. upstream of the non-return valve on the town
main connection.
9.6.2.3 Suction lift conditions The size of the priming tank and the pipe shall
The diameter of the suction pipe shall be no be in accordance with tablet 9.6.2.4a.
less than 80  mm. Furthermore, the diameter
shall be such that a velocity of 1.5 m/s is not Table T.9.6.2.4a: Pump priming tank capacity
exceeded when the pump is operating at flow and pipe size
defined in table T9.6.2.1a equal to 1.4 × Q100. Hazard class Minimum Minimum
This velocity may be increased to 2.5  m/s, if tank capacity diameter of
the pressure in the suction pipe is not more l priming pipe
than 0.4 bar below ambient pressure, when mm
considering water supply at low water level. LH 100 25

Where there is more than one pumpset OH, HHP and 500 50
HHS
installed, the suction pipes shall not be
interconnected.
The height from the low water level (see 8.3.5) 9.7 Performance
to the centre line of the pump shall not exceed characteristics
3.2 m.
The suction pipe shall be positioned in the 9.7.1 General
tank or reservoir in accordance with figure F The closed valve pressure shall not exceed 12
8.3.5a and table T 8.3.5a or figure F 8.4.1b and bars.
tableT8.4.1a, as appropriate. A foot valve shall
In suction lift condition, the NPSH required by
be fitted at the lowest point on the suction
the pump shall not exceed 5 m at flows up to
pipe. Each pump shall have automatic priming
that defined in table T 9.7.1a.
arrangements in accordance with 9.6.2.4.
In positive head condition, no limitation is
9.6.2.4 Pump priming for suction lift given to the NPSH required by the pump as
long as the requirement of clause 9.6.2.1 is
Each pump shall be fitted with a separate fulfilled.
automatic priming arrangement.
The arrangement shall consist of a tank situated 9.7.2 Pre-calculated systems
at a higher level than the pump and with a pipe - LH and OH
connection sloping from the tank to the delivery Where the pumps take water from a storage
side of the pump. A non-return valve shall be tank, the characteristic of pre-calculated
fitted to this connection. Figure  F  9.6.2.4a LH and OH systems shall conform to table
shows two examples. T 9.7.2a.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 49

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

12

5 3
4

6 7 L
2/3L

8 14 15
10
2

11
A

3
5 4

13
6 L
2/3L
1. Test and drain valve
2. Pump air bleed and min. flow line 8
3. Pump priming tank 14 15
4. Infill 2 10
5. Overflow
6. Drain valve 9
7. Low level switch for pump starting
8. Priming supply stop valve
9. Priming supply check valve
10. Pump start arrangement
11. Suction tank
12. Installation trunk main
13. Low level valve for pump starting 1
14. Pressure switches for pump starting
15. Pressure gauge B

Figure F 9.6.2.4a: Pump priming arrangement for suction lift

50 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


9. PUMPS

Table T 9.7.1a: Pump size

Hazard Pump Pipework Reference flow Pump inlet condition to


Class type determine NPSH available
LH-OH Suction Pre-calculated Nominal as table T9.7.2a Water supply at low water level
LH-OH Booster Pre-calculated Nominal as table T9.7.2a Zero town main pressure
HH Suction Pre-calculated 1.4 x Flow required in Water supply at low water level
Table T.6.3.2a
HH Booster Pre-calculated 1.4 x Flow required in Zero town main pressure
Table T6.3.2a
All Suction Fully Calculated 1.4 × Q100 Water supply at low water level
hazards
All Booster Fully Calculated 1.4 × Q100 Zero town main pressure
hazards
NOTE: Low water level is shown as ”h” in Figure F 8.4.1b

Table T 9.7.2a: Minimum pump characteristics for LH and OH (pre-calculated systems)

Hazard class Sprinkler Nominal data Characteristic


height h
Pressure Flow Pressure Flow Pressure Flow
above the
bar l/min bar l/min bar l/min
control valve
set(s)
m
LH wet or pre- h ≤ 15 1.5 300 3.7 225 - -
action 15 < h ≤ 30 1.8 340 5.2 225 - -
30 < h ≤ 45 2.3 375 6.7 225 - -
OH1 wet or h ≤ 15 1.2 900 2.2 540 2.5 375
pre-action 15 < h ≤ 30 1.9 1 150 3.7 540 4.0 375
30 < h ≤ 45 2.7 1 360 5.2 540 5.5 375
OH1 dry or h ≤ 15 1.4 1 750 2.5 1 000 2.9 725
alternate OH2 15 < h ≤ 30 2.0 2 050 4.0 1 000 4.4 725
wet or pre- 30 < h ≤ 45 2.6 2 350 5.5 1 000 5.9 725
action
OH2 dry or h ≤ 15 1.4 2 250 2.9 1 350 3.2 1 100
alternative 15 < h ≤ 30 2.0 2 700 4.4 1 350 4.7 1 100
OH3 wet or 30 < h ≤ 45 2.5 3 100 5.9 1 350 6.2 1 100
pre-action
OH3 dry or h ≤ 15 1.9 2 650 3.0 2 100 3.5 1 800
alternate OH4 15 < h ≤ 30 2.4 3 050 4.5 2 100 5.0 1 800
wet or pre- 30 < h ≤ 45 3.0 3 350 6.0 2 100 6.5 1 800
action
NOTE 1: The pressures shown are as measured at the control valve set(s)
NOTE 2: In the case of buildings which exceed the heights shown, it shall be proved that the pump characteristics are adequate for supplying
the flows and pressures specified in 6.3.1.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 51

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

9.7.3 Pre-calculated systems - HHP and to run until stopped manually. Where one of
HHS with no in-rack sprinklers the pumpsets is electric motor driven this shall
be the first to start.
The nominal pump flow and pressure for HHP
and HHS pre-calculated systems shall conform 9.7.6.3 Testing the pressure switches
to 6.3.2. In addition the pump shall be capable
of supplying 140% of this flow at a pressure of Means shall be provided for testing each
no less than 70%. pressure switch. If any isolating valve is installed
on the connection between the trunk main
and any pump starting pressure switch, a back
9.7.4 Calculated systems pressure valve shall be installed in parallel with
The pump shall provide a pressure at least the isolating valve so that a fall in pressure
0.5 bar higher than that required for the most on the trunk main will be transmitted to the
unfavourable area at lowest water level. (see pressure switch even when the isolating valve
annex H). is closed.
In addition the pump shall be capable of
supplying 140% of Q100 flow at a pressure of no
9.8 Electrically driven
less than 70%.
pumpsets

Qmax shall be between Q100 and 1.4 × Q100 9.8.1 General


9.8.1.1 In some countries the authorities
9.7.5 Pressure and water capacity of allow two electrically driven pumps under
boosted town mains certain conditions.
If it is intended to connect a pump to a town
main, a test shall first be carried out to show 9.8.1.2 The electric supply system shall be
that it can supply the flow rate equal to the available at all times.
maximum demand flow plus 20%, at a pressure
of at least 1 bar, as measured at the pump 9.8.1.3 Documentation, such as installation
inlet. This test shall be carried out at a time of drawings, main supply and transformer
maximum demand on the main. diagrams and connections for supplying the
pump controller panel as well as motor, control
9.7.6 Pressure switches alarm circuits and signals shall be kept available
in the sprinkler valve or pump room and be up
9.7.6.1 Number of pressure switches to date at all times.
Two pressure switches shall be provided to
start each pumpset, connected in series with 9.8.1.4 The pump shall be fully operational
normally closed contacts. within 15 seconds of the beginning of any
starting sequence.
9.7.6.2 Pump start
9.8.2 Electricity supply
The pumpset shall start automatically when the
pressure in the trunk main falls to a value of not 9.8.2.1 The supply to the pump controller
less than 0.8 × P, where P is the pressure when shall be solely for the use of the sprinkler pumpset
the pumps are churning. Where two pumpsets and separate from all other connections. Where
are installed, the second pump shall start before permitted, the electrical supply to the pump
the pressure falls to a value of not less than 0.6 × controller shall be taken from the input side of
P. Once the pump has started, it shall continue the main switch on the incoming supply to the

52 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


9. PUMPS

premises and where this is not permitted, by a 9.8.4 Installation between the main
connection from the main switch. switchboard and the pump
controller
The fuses in the pump controller shall be of high
rupturing capacity, capable of carrying the stalled 9.8.4.1 The current for calculating the correct
motor current for a period of not less than 75% dimension for the cable shall be determined by
of the time needed for the motor windings to taking the largest possible full load current and
fail and thereafter be able to carry the normal adding 50%. The cable shall furthermore be able
current plus 100% for a minimum of 5 hours. to carry the largest possible starting current for
10 seconds.
9.8.2.2 All cable shall be protected against
fire and mechanical damage. The protection
shall be accepted by the authorities. 9.8.5 Pump controller
NOTE 1: all wiring associated with the electric motor 9.8.5.1 The pump controller shall be able:
driven pump, including the monitoring circuits,
should be in accordance with the appropriate a) to start the motor automatically on receiving
regulations for electrical installations. To protect a signal from the pressure switches;
cables from direct exposure to fire they should be b) to start the motor manually;
run outside the building or through those parts of
c) to stop the motor by manual operation only.
the building where the fire risk is negligible and
The controller shall be equipped with an
which are separated from any significant fire risk
ammeter.
by walls, partitions or floors with a fire resistance
of not less than 60  min, or they should be given
9.8.5.2 Except in the case of submersible
additional direct protection.
pumps, the pump controller shall be situated
NOTE 2: it is strongly recommended that the cable in the same room (pump room) as the electric
be buried. motor and pump. In the case of submersible
pumps a duplicate plate with its characteristics
9.8.3 Switchboard shall be affixed to the pump controller.
9.8.3.1 The switchboard for the premises
shall be situated in a fire compartment used
9.8.5.3 Contacts shall comply with
for no other purpose than for electrical power
utilisation category AC-3 of 60947-1 and EN
supplies, any other location shall be approved 60947-4.
by the authorities.
The electrical connections in the main
9.8.6 Monitoring of pump operation
switchboard shall be such that the supply to the 9.8.6.1 The following conditions shall be
pump controller is not isolated when isolating monitored:
other services.
– power available to the motor on all three
9.8.3.2 Each switch on the dedicated phases;
power feed to the sprinkler pump shall be – pump on demand;
labelled:
– pump running.
SPRINKLER PUMP MOTOR SUPPLY - NOT TO
BE SWITCHED OFF IN THE EVENT OF FIRE 9.8.6.2 All monitored conditions shall be
The letters on the notice shall be at least 10 mm visually indicated individually in the pump
high and white on a red background. room.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 53

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

They should also be visually and audibly indicated a pressure reducing device if necessary,
at a location normally attended by responsible in accordance with the manufacturer’s
personnel. specification. The outlet pipe shall be open
so that the discharge water is visible;
9.8.6.3 The visual fault indication shall be b) a heat exchanger, where the water is taken
yellow. The audible signals shall have signal
from the sprinkler pump via a pressure
strength of at least 75dB and shall be able to be
reducing device if necessary, in accordance
silenced.
with the manufacturer’s specification.
The outlet pipe shall be open so that the
9.8.6.4 A lamp test for checking the signal discharge water is visible. The water in
lamps shall be provided. the closed circuit shall be circulated by an
auxiliary pump driven by the engine. If the
9.9 Diesel engine driven auxiliary pump is belt driven, there shall be
pumps multiple belts such that even if half the belts
are broken, the remaining belts are able to
9.9.1 General drive the pump. The capacity of the closed
circuit shall conform to the value specified
A diesel engine shall be capable of operating
by the engine manufacturers;
continuously at full load at site elevation with
a rated output in accordance with ISO 3046- c) an air cooled radiator with a fan multiple
1:2002. belt driven from the engine. If half the belts
The pump shall be fully operational within should break, the remaining belts shall be
15 seconds of the beginning of any starting capable of driving the fan. The water in
sequence. Horizontal pumps shall have a direct the closed circuit shall be circulated by an
drive. auxiliary pump driven by the engine. If the
auxiliary pump is belt driven, there shall be
The automatic start and operation of the multiple belts such that even if half the belts
pumpset shall not depend on any energy are broken, the remaining belts are able to
sources other than the engine and its batteries. drive the pump. The capacity of the closed
circuit shall conform to the value specified
9.9.2 Engines by the engine manufacturers;
The engine shall be capable of starting at an d) direct air cooling of the engine by means
engine room temperature of 5°C. of a multiple belt driven fan. When half the
It shall be provided with a governor to belts are broken the remaining belts shall be
control the engine speed to ± 5% of its rated capable of driving the fan.
speed under normal load conditions, and be Where cooling water is taken from the pump
constructed so that any mechanical device fitted in quantities exceeding 2% of the maximum
to the engine which could prevent the engine calculated system demand rate, the flow
starting automatically, will return to the starting shall be taken into account in the system
position. calculations.

9.9.3 Cooling system 9.9.4 Air filtration and intake


The following types of cooling systems are The air intake shall be fitted with a suitable filter.
acceptable. Provision shall be made for a suitable air intake
a) cooling by water from the sprinkler pump into the pump room to ensure the correct
directly into the engine-cylinder jackets via operation of the engine.

54 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


9. PUMPS

9.9.5 Exhaust system that the starter motor and batteries may be
common to the two systems.
The exhaust pipe shall be fitted with a suitable
silencer and the total back pressure shall not It shall be possible to start the diesel engine
exceed the engine-maker’s recommendation. both automatically, upon receipt of a signal
from the pressure switches, and manually
Where the exhaust pipe is higher than the engine,
by means of a push button on the pump
means shall be provided to prevent any condensate
controller. It shall be possible to shut down
flowing back to the engine. The exhaust pipe shall
the diesel engine only manually. Engine
be positioned in such a way as to prevent exhaust
monitoring devices shall not cause the engine
gases from re- entering the pump room.
to stop.
9.9.6 Fuel, fuel tank and fuel feed pipes The rated voltage of the batteries and starter
motor shall be no less than 12 V.
The quality of the diesel fuel used shall conform
to the engine-maker’s instructions. The fuel The starter motor and each battery power
tank shall contain fuel oil sufficient to enable the source shall have the design capacity to rotate
engine to run on full load for: the engine at 0°C and 760 mmHg atmospheric
– 3 hours for LH; pressure for not less than 10 cycles each of
not less than 15 s cranking and not more than
– 4 hours for OH; 10  s rest. At the end of the energised part
– 6 hours for HHP and HHS. of each cycle the engine cranking speed shall
The fuel tank shall be of welded steel. Where be not less than 120  r/min while power is
there is more than one diesel driven pumpset, applied.
there shall be a separate fuel tank and fuel feed
pipe for each engine. 9.9.7.2 Automatic starting system
The fuel tank shall be fixed at a higher level than The automatic starting sequence shall make
the motor’s fuel pump to ensure a positive head, six attempts to start the engine, each one of
but not directly above the engine. The fuel tank 5 to 10  s duration, with a maximum pause
shall have a sturdy fuel level gauge. of 10  seconds between each attempt. The
Any valves in the fuel feed pipe between the fuel starting device shall reset itself automatically.
tank and the engines shall be placed adjacent to It shall function independently of the line
the tank, have an indicator and be locked in the power supply.
open position. Pipe joints shall not be soldered. The system shall switch over automatically to the
Metallic pipes shall be used for fuel lines. other battery after each starting attempt. The
The feed pipe shall be situated at least 20 mm control voltage shall be drawn from both batteries
above the bottom of the fuel tank. A drain valve simultaneously. Facilities shall be provided to
of at least 20 mm diameter shall be fitted to the prevent one battery having an adverse effect on
base of the tank. the other.
The fuel tank vent should be terminated outside
9.9.7.3 Emergency manual starting
the building.
system
9.9.7 Starting mechanism Emergency manual start facilities, with starting
power available from both batteries, shall be
9.9.7.1 General
provided, with a breakable cover. Facilities shall
Automatic and manual starting systems shall be provided to prevent one battery having an
be provided and shall be independent except adverse effect on the other.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 55

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

9.9.7.4 Test facility for manual starting mechanical speed sensor. Pressure switches,
system for example on the engine lubrication system or
water pump outlet, shall not be used as a means
A manual start test button and indicator lamp of de-energising the starter motor.
shall be provided to permit periodic testing
of the manual electric start system without Centrifugal speed switches or voltage generators
breaking the cover over the emergency manual used for sensing shall have a direct coupling to,
start facilities button. The starter panel shall be or be gear-driven by, the engine; flexible drives
marked, adjacent to the lamp, with the wording: shall not be used.

OPERATE MANUAL START TEST BUTTON 9.9.8 Engine starter batteries


IF LAMP IS LIT
Engine starter batteries and chargers shall be as
The manual start test button shall only be follows:
brought on line after an automatic engine start
Two separate battery power supplies shall be
followed by a shut down or after six repeated
provided and shall be used for no other purpose.
unsuccessful attempts to start automatically.
Batteries shall be either open nickel-cadmium
Either of the two conditions shall cause the
prismatic rechargeable cells complying with IEC
indicator lamp to light and bring the manual
623 or lead acid positive batteries complying
start test button on line in parallel with the
with the appropriate IEC standards.
emergency manual start push button.
The electrolyte for lead acid batteries shall
When a test manual start has been carried out, the
comply with the appropriate IEC standards.
circuit used for this purpose shall automatically
become inoperable and the indicator lamp shall Batteries shall be selected, used, charged and
be extinguished. The automatic start facility shall maintained in accordance with the requirements
be available, even when the manual start test of these specifications and with any manufacturer’s
button circuit is activated. instructions.
A hydrometer, suitable for checking the density
9.9.7.5 Starter motor of the electrolyte, shall be provided.
The electric starter motor shall incorporate a
moveable pinion which will engage automatically 9.9.9 Battery chargers
with the flywheel gear rim. To avoid shock Each starter battery shall be provided with an
loading, the system shall not apply full power independent, continuously connected, fully
to the starting motor until the pinion is fully automatic, constant potential charger. It shall be
engaged. The pinion shall not be ejected from possible to remove either charger while leaving
engagement by spasmodic engine firing. the other operational.
There shall be a means to prevent attempted
Chargers for lead acid batteries shall provide a
engagement when the engine is rotating.
float voltage of 2.25  V ± 0.05  V per cell. The
The starter motor shall cease to operate and nominal charging voltage shall be suitable for
shall return to the rest position if the pinion local conditions (climate, regular maintenance,
fails to engage with the fly-wheel gear ring, etc.). A boost charge facility shall be provided for
After a failure to engage, the starter motor charging to a higher voltage not exceeding 2.7 V
shall automatically make repeated attempts to per cell. The charger output shall be between
achieve engagement. 3.5% and 7.5% of the 10 h capacity of the battery.
When the engine starts the starter motor pinion Chargers for open nickel-cadmium prismatic
shall withdraw from the flywheel gear ring batteries shall provide a float voltage of 1.445 V
automatically by means initiated by an electro- ± 0.025 V per cell. The nominal charging voltage

56 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


10. INSTALLATION TYPE AND SIZE

shall be suitable for local conditions (climate, at the rated flow given in Table T 9.6.2.1a. The
regular maintenance, etc.). following shall be recorded on the test certificate:
A boost charge facility shall be provided for a) the engine speed with the pump churning;
charging to a higher voltage not exceeding 1.75 V b) the engine speed with the pump delivering
per cell. The charger output shall be between water at the rated flow;
25% and 167% of the 5 h capacity of the battery.
c) the pump churning pressure;
9.9.10 Sitting of batteries and chargers d) the suction head at the pump inlet;
Batteries shall be mounted on stands or stillages. e) the pump outlet pressure at the rated flow
NOTE: the chargers may be mounted with the downstream of any outlet orifice plate;
batteries. Batteries and chargers should be located f) the ambient temperature;
in readily accessible positions where the likelihood of
g) the cooling water temperature rise at the
contamination by oil fuel, damp, pump set cooling
end of the 1.5 h run;
water, or of damage by vibration is minimal. The
battery should be as close as possible to the engine h) the cooling water flow rate;
starter motor, subject to the above constraints, in i) the lubrication oil temperature rise at the
order to minimise voltage drop between the battery end of the test run;
and starter motor terminal.
j) where the engine is fitted with a heat
9.9.11 Starter alarm indication exchanger, the initial temperature and the
temperature rise of the engine closed circuit
The following conditions shall each be indicated cooling water.
both locally and at a responsibly manned location
by both a red warning light and an audible alarm: 9.9.13.2 Site commissioning test
a) the use of any switch which prevents the When commissioning an installation the
pump starting automatically; automatic starting system of the diesel engine
b) the failure of the engine to start by the end driven pump set shall be activated with the
of the six cyclic attempts; fuel supply isolated for the six cycles each or
not less than 15 s cranking and not more than
c) pump running.
15 s or less than 10 s rest. After completion of
The warning lights shall be appropriately marked. the six starting cycles the fail to start alarm shall
operate. The fuel supply shall than be restored
9.9.12 Tools and spare parts and the pump set shall start when the manual
start test button is operated.
A standard kit of tools and spare parts as
recommended by the engine and pump
manufacturers shall be provided.
10 INSTALLATION TYPE
9.9.13 Engine tests and exercising AND SIZE

Engine tests and exercising shall be as follows: 10.1 Wet pipe installations

9.9.13.1 Supplier’s test and certification of 10.1.1 General


results
Wet pipe installations are permanently charged
Each complete engine and pump set shall be tested with water under pressure. Wet pipe installa-
on the supplier’s test bed for not less than 1.5 h tions should be installed only in premises where

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 57

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

there is no possibility of frost damage, and where shall be electrically monitored and triggered by
the ambient temperature will not exceed 95°C. separate temperature sensors.
Only wet pipe installations shall be used for grid The trace heating system shall be monitored for
and loop systems. power supply failure and failure of the heating
elements or sensors.
Table T 10.1.1a: Maximum number of sprinklers per For subsidiary dry pipe or alternate extensions,
installation - wet pipe and pre-action installations see 10.5.
Hazard class Maximum number For antifreeze installation and extension see
of sprinklers 10.1.2.2
LH 500
OH, including any LH 1 000, except as allowed 10.1.2.2 Antifreeze installation
sprinkler in Annexes D and F
HH, including any OH 1 000 10.1.2.2.1 General
and LH sprinklers An antifreeze installation is defined as an
automatic sprinkler installation in which the
entire installation downstream the alarm valve
10.1.2 Protection against freezing is charged with an anti-freeze solution.
10.1.2.1 General In some countries authority may apply additional
restrictions for the application of antifreeze
Pipework subject to freezing shall be protected installation.
by anti-freeze liquid or electrical trace heating
or subsidiary dry pipe or alternate extensions. The anti-freeze solution, followed by water,
discharges immediately upon actuation of the
An anti-freeze solution shall be prepared with sprinkler heads.
freezing point below the expected minimum
From a hydraulic calculation point of view the
temperature for the locality (see clause 18.3.3).
anti-freeze installation is considered as a wet
In the case of a trace heating system, the system.
piping shall be provided with non-combustible
Authority may require a complementary
insulation. The piping shall be provided with
hydraulic calculation based on the Darcy-
a Euroclass A1 or A2 or equivalent in existing
Weisbach formula.
national classification systems insulation of not
less than 25  mm thick with a water resistant An anti-freeze solution shall have a freezing
covering. All ends shall be sealed to prevent point at least 5°C below the minimum expected
ingress of water. Trace heating tape shall have a temperature including the temperature of
maximum rating of 10 W/m. incoming cold air.
At least a single heating system shall be provided Attention shall be paid to the historical lowest
over the complete length of the affected temperature.
pipework when the pipe work supplies no more
than 20 sprinklers. 10.1.2.2.2 Type of Anti-Freeze solution

Duplicate heating systems shall be provided The antifreeze solutions shall be accepted by
over the complete length of the affected the authority and the following criteria’s shall be
pipework when the pipe work supplies more taken into account:
than 20 sprinklers. Even in the case of a failure t The physical characteristics of anti-
of one of the two heating systems a minimum freeze solutions depends on the additive
temperature of 4°C shall be maintained. Circuits components that are introduced by

58 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


10. INSTALLATION TYPE AND SIZE

manufacturers like anti-corrosion or anti- t The pipe work shall be arranged with
bactericide additive, so the checking and adequate slope for drainage to the
replacement of the antifreeze solution has collection reservoir.
to be made according to the manufacturer t A jockey pump connected to the anti-
requirements; freeze solution reservoir. The start
t When necessary anti-freeze solution shall pressure of the anti-freeze jockey pump
include anti-corrosion or anti-bactericide shall be at least 0.5 bar above that of the
additive; water jockey pump. This anti-freeze jockey
t Acceptable anti-freeze solutions are pure pump is aimed to maintain the pressure in
glycerine, water based solution of ethylene the pipe work and to refill the sprinkler
glycol, water based solution of propylene pipe work after mixing.
glycol;
10.1.2.2.4 Design criteria
t For ethylene glycol and propylene glycol,
the concentration of glycol shall not exceed t For HHS the design density shall be increased
30% in general rule; by 10%.
t Attention shall be paid to the local NOTE: consideration should be given to the use
environmental and health regulations; of sprinklers with a K factor of 160 in order to
accelerate the release of pure water.
t The compatibility with sprinkler system
components; 10.1.2.2.5 System design
t Galvanised surfaces are not compatible Whenever possible, upright sprinklers shall be
with propylene glycol; used. If not possible pendant sprinkler shall be
t Flammable liquids shall not be used; installed in such a way that water cannot be
trapped in the drop pipe to the sprinkler.
t The anti-freeze solution shall be suitable
under non-circulating conditions; Grid system is not allowed.
t Except in case of fire, attention shall be paid In order to limit the pressure variation in the
to environmental protection especially pipe work, relief valves according to clause 13.8
during tests; shall be provided.

10.1.2.2.3 Mixing equipment It shall be drained to an appropriate location


(eg. Anti-freeze collection reservoir).
When the protection with an anti-freeze solution
concerns one extension of more than 20 sprinklers, A means shall be provided to collect the
or a series of extensions covering more than 100 antifreeze solution at the remote test valve (eg.
sprinklers a fixed mixing device shall be provided. mobile tank).

This mixing device includes: When some parts of the pipe work cannot be
drained by gravity directly to the anti-freeze
t An anti-freeze collection reservoir collection reservoir, a mobile tank shall also be
constructed of material compatible with provided to collect the solution in low points.
the anti-freeze solution. This reservoir shall
at least have the capacity of the volume The antifreeze jockey pump shall be connected
of the pipe work in the largest antifreeze directly downstream the alarm check valve.
installation, plus a sufficient volume of anti- The alarm valve trim used for antifreeze
freeze solution to supply the jockey pump. installation is similar to the wet alarm valve
An alarm shall be provided when the level trim. Device or mean (eg. Non return valve and
in the reservoir is below 300 l. stop valve downstream the alarm valve) shall be

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 59

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

provided to ensure that the amount of water A permanent air/inert gas supply to maintain the
mixing with antifreeze solution will be limited as pressure in the pipe network shall be installed.
much as possible at weekly tests. The installation shall be pressurised to within
If the following is fulfilled, a specific alarm the pressure range recommended by the alarm
valve is not required and the pipe work under valve manufacturer.
antifreeze can be connected downstream an Dry pipe installations shall only be installed where
alarm valve as an extension. there is a possibility of frost damage or the
t The size of any one anti-freeze extension temperature exceeds 95°C, e.g. in drying ovens.
shall not exceed 20 sprinklers.
t The total number of sprinklers on anti-freeze
10.2.2 Sprinkler orientation
extensions shall not exceed 100 sprinklers All sprinklers in a dry pipe installation shall be fitted
per alarm valve. in the upright position, except where dry pendent
or horizontal sidewall sprinklers are used.
10.1.2.2.6 Control and maintenance
Once a year the pipe work shall be drain to the 10.2.3 Size of installations
collection reservoir for homogenisation.
The net volume of the pipework downstream
The control of the protection level of the solution of the control valve set shall not exceed that
against freezing shall be made at that occasion shown in Table T 10.2.3a.
by measuring anti-freeze concentration.
In addition, the maximum time between a single
The pH level and the alkaline level shall be sprinkler opening and water discharging shall
checked according to the limit given by the not exceed 60 seconds for HH, and shall not
manufacturer. When necessary, the anti-freeze exceed 90 seconds for LH and OH.
solution shall be completed or replaced.
NOTE: it is strongly recommended that dry and
alternate installations should not be used for HHS
10.1.3 Sprinkler orientation
applications, since the delay in water reaching the
Where possible the sprinklers shall be fitted first operating sprinklers could seriously impair the
in the upright position to avoid mechanical effectiveness of the system.
damage and the collection of foreign matter in
the sprinkler fittings and to make it easier to Table T 10.2.3a: Maximum size per installation -
drain the pipe network. Dry and alternate installations

Maximum
10.1.4 Size of installations volume of pipe
work (m3)
The number of sprinklers to be controlled by
a wet alarm valve, including any sprinklers in Without accelerator or exhauster 1.5
a subsidiary extension, shall not exceed that With accelerator or exhauster 4.0
shown in Table T 10.1.1a.

10.2 Dry pipe installations 10.3 Alternative installations


10.2.1 General 10.3.1 General
Dry pipe installations are normally charged with Alternate installations incorporate either an
air or inert gas under pressure downstream of alternate alarm valve or composite set comprising
the dry alarm valve and water under pressure a wet alarm valve and a dry alarm valve. During
upstream of the dry alarm valve. the winter months the system piping downstream

60 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


10. INSTALLATION TYPE AND SIZE

of the alternate or dry alarm valve is charged with response of the detectors, a pressure drop in the
air or inert gas under pressure and the remainder pipework causes the opening of the alarm valve.
of the installation upstream of the alarm valve NOTE: type B pre-action installations may be
with water under pressure. At other times of installed wherever a dry pipe system is called for
the year the installation operates as a wet pipe and the spread of fire is expected to be rapid, e.g.
installation. in high-rack storage. They may also be used instead
of ordinary dry pipe systems with or without an
10.3.2 Sprinkler orientation accelerator or exhauster.
All sprinklers in an alternate installation shall be
fitted in the upright position, except where dry 10.4.2 Sprinkler orientation
pendent or horizontal sidewall sprinklers are used.
In Type A installations sprinklers shall be installed
in the upright position or, only in a frost proof
10.3.3 Size of installations
building, in the up-right or pendent position. In
The net volume of the pipework downstream Type B installations, sprinklers shall be installed
of the control valve set shall not exceed that in the upright position.
shown in Table T 10.2.3a.
10.4.3 Automatic detection system
10.4 Pre-action installations The detection system shall be installed in all
10.4.1 General rooms and compartments protected by the
pre-action sprinkler system and shall comply
Pre-action installations are divided into two types: with the relevant parts of EN54.

10.4.1.1 Pre-action installation Type A 10.4.4 Size of installations


In the event of a fire detection fault, the The number of sprinklers to be controlled by a
preaction installation shall operate as a dry pipe pre-action alarm valve not exceed that shown
installation. This is a dry pipe system in which in Table T 10.1.1a.
the control valve set is activated by an automatic
fire detection system but not by the operation
of the sprinklers. 10.5 Subsidiary dry pipe or
alternate extension
The air/inert gas pressure in the installation
shall be monitored at all times. Consideration 10.5.1 General
shall be given to fit a manually operated valve in
an appropriate position to enable the preaction Subsidiary dry pipe or alternate extensions shall
valve to be activated in an emergency. be as specified in 10.2 and 10.3 except that they
will be of limited extent and form extensions to
NOTE: type A pre-action installations should only standards wet installations.
be installed in areas where considerable damage
could occur if there were an accidental discharge The shall be installed only as follows:
of water. a) as a dry pipe or alternate extension to a wet
pipe installation in small areas where there
10.4.1.2 Pre-action installation Type B is possible frost damage in an otherwise
This is an otherwise normal dry pipe system in adequately heated building;
which the control valve set is opened either by b) as a dry pipe extension to a wet pipe or
an automatic fire detection system or by the alternate installation in cold stores and high
operation of the sprinklers. Independently of the temperature ovens or stoves.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 61

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

10.5.2 Sprinkler orientation 11.1.2 A clear space shall always be


maintained below the deflector of
Sprinklers in a subsidiary shall be fitted in the
roof and ceiling sprinklers of at least:
up-right position where there is a possibility of
frost damage, except where dry pendent or – 0.5 m for LH and OH except for suspended
horizontal sidewall sprinklers are used. open ceilings;
– 0.8 m for suspended open ceilings;
10.5.3 Size of subsidiary extensions
– 1.0 m for HHP and HHS.
The number of sprinklers on any subsidiary
extension shall not exceed 100. Where more 11.1.3 Sprinklers shall be installed upright,
than two subsidiary extensions are controlled pendent or horizontal as specified by
by one installation control valve set, the total the manufacturer.
number of sprinklers in the subsidiary extensions
shall not exceed 250. 11.2 Maximum area per
sprinkler
10.6 Subsidiary multiple control
valve The maximum area of coverage per sprinkler
shall be as given in Table T 11.2a for sprinklers
Sprinkler system extension controlled by other than sidewall and in Table  T  11.2b for
multiple control valve utilising sprinklers or sidewall sprinklers.
sprayers connected to a sprinkler installation via
their own actuation valve (or multiple control 11.3 Minimum distance between
valve). sprinklers
Water spray extensions may be connected
Sprinklers shall not be installed at intervals less
to a sprinkler installation, provided that the
than 2 m except in the following cases:
connection is no greater than 80  mm and
that the additional water demand is taken t where arrangements are made, to
into consideration when designing the water prevention adjacent sprinklers from wetting
supplies (see chapter 7). each other, e.g. with horizontal baffles;
These installations are installed where there are t intermediate sprinklers in racks.
expected to be intensive fires with a very fast
rate of fire spread and where it is desirable to 11.4 Location of sprinklers
apply water over a complete area in which a fire in relation to building
may originate and spread. construction
11.4.1 Distance from walls

11 SPACING AND LOCATION The maximum distance from walls and partitions
OF SPRINKLERS to the sprinklers shall be the smallest value
applicable from the following list:
11.1 General – 2.0 m for standard spacing;
– 2.3 m for staggered spacing;
11.1.1 All measurements of sprinkler spacing
shall be taken in the horizontal plane – 1.5 m where the ceiling or roof is open joisted
except where otherwise specified in or the rafters are exposed;
these rules. – 1.5 m from the open face of open faced buildings.

62 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


11. SPACING AND LOCATION OF SPRINKLERS

Table T 11.2a: Maximum coverage and spacing for sprinklers other than sidewall

Hazard class Maximum area per Maximum distances in Figure F 11.2a (m)


sprinkler (m2)
Standard layout S Staggered layout
and D S1/D1
LH 21.0 4.6 6.1
OH 12.0 4.0 5.0
HHP and HHS 9.0 3.7 4.4

Table T 11.2b: Maximum coverage and spacing for sidewall sprinklers

Hazard Maximum Spacing along walls Room Room Rows of Spacing


class area per width length side wall pattern
between sprinkler
sprinkler (w) (l) sprinklers (horizontal
sprinklers to end
m2 m m plane)
m of wall
m
LH 17.0 4.6 2.3 w ≤ 3.7 any 1 single line
3.7 < w ≤ 7.4 ≤ 9.2 2 standard
> 9.2 2 staggered
w > 7.4 any 2 standard
(see note 1)
OH 9.0 3.4 (see 1.8 w ≤ 3.7 any 1 single line
note 2) 3.7 < w ≤ 7.4 ≤ 6.8 2 standard
> 6.8 2 staggered
w >7.4 any 2 standard
(see note 1)
NOTE 1: an additional row or rows of roof or ceiling sprinklers is needed.
NOTE 2: may be increased to 3.7 m provided the ceiling has a fire resistance of not less than 120 minutes.
NOTE 3: the sprinkler deflectors shall be located between 0.1 m and 0.15 m below the ceiling and between 0.05 m and 0.15 m horizontally from the wall.
NOTE 4: there shall be no obstruction at the ceiling within a square extending along the wall 1.0 m on each side of the sprinkler and 1.8 m
perpendicular to the wall.
NOTE 5: where beams or girders occur, the bays thus formed shall be protected separately.
NOTE 6: see also clause 12.2.5.1.

0.5S

0.25S1

0.75S1
S

S1

S1
S

0.5S1

0.5S D1 D1 0.5D1
D D
0.5D 0.5D 0.5D1

Figure F 11.2a: Ceiling sprinkler spacing

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 63

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

11.4.2 Distance from ceiling The distance from girders or beams to the
sprinklers shall be at least 0.2 m, or alternatively
Sprinklers shall wherever possible be situated sprinklers may be positioned directly above
with the deflector between 0.075 m and 0.15 m a girder or beam non wider than 0.2  m at a
below the ceiling or roof except when they are vertical distance of at least 0.15 m.
fitted in underdrawn ceilings. Where this is not
practicable sprinklers may be installed at lower Where narrow bays are formed between beams
levels provided that the figures given in 11.4.6 spaced at not more than 1.5 m between centres,
are adhered to and that the height b is the one of the following solution can be used:
maximum possible. a) In non combustible construction it is
Sprinkler shall never be installed lower than 0.3 m accepted to have the heat sensitive element
below the underside of combustible ceilings or of the sprinklers at a distance from ceiling
0.45 m below non-combustible roofs or ceilings. exceeding 0.45  m, providing that beams
Where circumstances make it unavoidable to create closed spaces with a maximum length
use the maximum distances of 0.3 m and 0.45 m, of 20 m. If the distance of 20 m is exceeded,
the area involved shall be as small as possible. smoke curtains that have the same depth as
the beams shall be installed in such a way that
11.4.3 Slope of rooms these closed spaces have similar volumes
and are evenly spaced. Sprinklers shall be
Sprinklers shall be installed with their deflectors placed as close as possible to the ceiling in
parallel to the slope of the roof or ceiling. respect with figure F 11.4.6a and T 11.4.6a.
Where the slope is greater than 30° a row of
sprinklers shall be fixed at the apex or not more
than 0.75 m radially there from.

11.4.4 Canopies d
b
The distance from the edge of a canopy to the
sprinklers shall not exceed 1.5 m.

11.4.5 Skylights a

Skylights with a volume greater than 1  m3


measured above the normal ceiling level shall Figure F 11.4.6a: Sprinkler location
relative to beams
be sprinkler protected unless the distance from
the normal ceiling level to the top of the skylight
does not exceed 0.3 m, or there is a tight fitting b) One row of sprinklers shall be installed in
frame and glass fitted level with the roof or the centre of each 3rd bay, with another
ceiling. row underneath the centre line of the beam
separating the two unprotected bays (see
11.4.6 Beams, joists etc. Figure F 11.4.6b);
When the deflector is positioned above the – the maximum distance between sprinklers
level of the underside of beams or joists etc., in the other direction, i.e. along the bay, (S
the dimensions of 11.4.2, Figure  F  11.4.6a and in Figure F 11.4.6b ), shall be in accordance
Table  T  11.4.6a shall be observed in order to with the rules for the hazard class involved
ensure that effective discharge of the sprinklers is (see 11.2);
not impaired or else the beam shall be protected – sprinklers shall be installed at a distance
on either side as though it were a wall. no greater than 1 m from walls parallel to

64 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


11. SPACING AND LOCATION OF SPRINKLERS

the beams and no greater than 1.5 m from 0.1 m wide. If the width is greater than 0.1 m the
walls perpendicular to the beams; minimum distance shall be 0.6 m. Alternatively
– sprinklers installed inside bays shall sprinklers may be positioned directly above a
be placed such that the deflectors are truss no wider than 0.2 m at a vertical distance
between 0.075 m and 0.15 m below the of at least 0.15 m.
underside of the ceiling.
11.4.8 Columns
11.4.7 Roof trusses
If roof or ceiling sprinklers are placed closer than
Sprinklers shall be located at least 0.3 m laterally 0.6 m to one side of a column, another sprinkler
from truss members which are no more than shall be placed within 2 m from the opposite side.
≤ 1.5 m 1

2
≤ 1.5 m

Plan view
≤S

Key
1. Ceiling
2. Wall

Figure F 11.4.6b: Beams and Bays: specific case – elevation view

Table T 11.4.6a: Sprinkler location relative to beams

Minimum horizontal distance Maximum height of sprinkler deflector (d) above (+) or below (-)
from sprinkler vertical axis to bottom of beam or joist (b in figure F 11.4.6a) (m)
side of beam or joist
(a in figure F 11.4.6a)
Conventional sprinkler Spray sprinkler
M Upright Pendent Upright Pendent
0.20 -0.20 not allowed -0.02 -0.02
0.40 0.00 not allowed 0.00 0.00
0.60 0.03 not allowed 0.02 0.06
0.80 0.06 not allowed 0.03 0.12
1.00 0.10 -0.20 0.05 0.20
1.20 0.14 -0.17 0.10 0.28
1.40 0.19 -0.12 0.13 0.36
1.60 0.26 -0.03 0.16 0.47
1.80 0.39 0.17 0.18 0.67
NOTE: dimensions may be interpolated

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 65

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

11.4.9 Platforms, ducts etc. has been shown not to impair sprinkler
protection.
Sprinklers shall be provided under platforms,
ducts, heating panels, galleries, walkways etc. Where sprinklers are fitted below suspended
which are: ceilings, the ceiling material shall be of a type
which has been shown not to be subject to
a) rectangular, more than 0.8 m wide and less
partial collapse under incipient fire conditions.
than 0.15 m from adjacent walls or partitions;
b) rectangular and more than 1.0 m wide; 11.4.13 Suspended open ceilings
c) circular, more than 1.0  m in diameter and Suspended open ceilings, i.e. ceilings having
less than 0.15 m from adjacent walls or
a regular open cell construction recurring
partitions;
throughout their design, may be used beneath
d) circular and more than 1.2 m in diameter. LH and OH sprinkler systems not involving
storage areas where the following conditions
11.4.10 Escalators and stair wells are met:
The number of sprinklers shall be increased – the total plan open area of the suspended
around the ceiling opening formed by escalators, open ceiling, including light fittings, shall not
stairs etc. Sprinklers shall not be more than be less than 70% of the ceiling plan area;
2 m nor less than 1.5 m away from each other.
If, owing to the design of the structure, e.g. – the minimum dimension of the ceiling
girders, the minimum distance of 1.5 m cannot openings shall be no less than 0.025  m
be maintained, smaller spacing may be used or no less than the vertical thickness of
provided adjacent sprinklers are not able to wet the suspended ceilings, whichever is the
each other. greater;
The horizontal distance between the sprinklers – the structural integrity of the ceiling and any
and the opening in the ceiling shall not exceed other equipment, such as light fittings within
0.5  m. The sprinklers in the region of the the volume above the suspended ceiling, shall
opening shall be capable of providing the not be affected by operation of the sprinkler
minimum flow rate for sprinklers in the rest of system.
the ceiling protection. For hydraulic calculation
Sprinklers shall be installed as follows:
purposes, only the sprinklers on the longer side
of the opening need be considered. – sprinkler spacing above the ceiling shall not
exceed 3 m;
11.4.11 Vertical shafts and chutes – vertical separation between any conventional
At least one sprinkler shall be installed at the or spray sprinkler deflector and the top of the
top of all shafts except where the shaft is suspended ceiling shall not be less than 0.8 m.
incombustible and inaccessible and contains no This distance may be reduced to 0.3 m if flat
combustible materials except electrical cabling. spray sprinklers are used;
In shafts with combustible surfaces, sprinklers – supplementary sprinklers shall be provided
shall be installed at each alternate floor level and to discharge below light fittings or similar
at the top of any trapped section. obstructions exceeding 0.8 m in width.
Where obstructions within the ceiling void are
11.4.12 Ceiling obstructions
likely to cause significant interference of the
The use of suspended ceiling material below water discharge they shall be treated as walls
the sprinklers is not allowed unless the material for the purpose of sprinkler spacing.

66 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


11. SPACING AND LOCATION OF SPRINKLERS

11.5 Intermediate sprinklers in NOTE: this chapter is based on the use of


High Hazard occupancies standardised European pallets (1.2  m × 0.8  m)
with typical height of 1 m to 1.7 m.
11.5.1 General
If the size varies importantly from this, authorities
Sprinklers protecting row racks shall be can be consulted for alternative arrangement of
positioned in the longitudinal flue spaces, in-rack sprinklers.
preferably in the intersection with the transverse
flue (see Figures F 11.5.1a and F 11.5.1b). 11.5.2 Maximum vertical distance
between sprinklers at
Whenever any rack or structural steelwork is
intermediate levels
likely to interfere significantly with the water
discharge from the sprinklers, additional The vertical distance from the floor to the
sprinklers shall be provided and taken into lowest intermediate level and between levels
account in the flow calculation. shall not exceed 3.50 m or two tiers, whichever
It shall be ensured that water from sprinklers is the lesser, as shown in Figures F 11.5.1a and F
operating at intermediate levels can penetrate 11.5.1b. An intermediate level shall be installed
the goods stored. The distance between goods above the top level of storage except where all
stored in racking and placed back to back shall the roof or ceiling sprinklers are situated at less
be at least 0.15 m, and if necessary pallet stops than 4 m above the top of the storage.
should be fitted. There shall be a clearance of at In no case shall the highest level of intermediate
least 0.15 m from the sprinkler deflectors to the sprinklers be installed lower than one tier level
top of the storage. below the top of the storage.
The position of the deflector should preferably be
installed minimum 0.02 m below the horizontal 11.5.3 Horizontal position of sprinklers
beam. For other arrangement attention shall be at intermediate levels
given to the water distribution. In the case of Category I or II goods, sprinklers
In rack sprinklers shall be arranged horizontally shall where possible be installed in the
so that there is no more than one pallet between longitudinal flue at the intersection with every
each end of the rack and the nearest sprinkler. second transverse flue, with the sprinklers

Sprinkler
Sprinkler row
row

Tiers
Tiers

Aisle Aisle
Longitudinal flue Transverse flue Longitudinal flue Transverse flue

Figure F 11.5.1a: Location of rack intermediate Figure F 11.5.1b: Location of rack intermediate


level sprinklers Category I or II goods level sprinklers Category III or IV goods

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 67

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

staggered with respect to the next highest row b) Single row racks more than 1.6 m wide and
(see Figure  F  11.5a). The horizontal distance not more than 3.2 m wide shall be protected
between sprinklers shall not exceed 3.75 m and by a single row of sprinklers fitted in the
the product of the horizontal distance and the middle of the rack tier levels. Sprinklers shall
vertical distance between sprinklers shall not be fitted at every 2nd transverse flue space
exceed 9.8 m2. for Cat. I and II and at every transverse flue
In the case of Category III or IV goods, space for Cat. III and Cat. IV.
sprinklers shall be installed in the longitudinal The maximum vertical distance between
flue at the intersection with each transverse flue sprinklers shall be as stated in clause 11.5.2.
(see Figure F 11.5.1b). The horizontal distance
c) For single row racks of more than 3.2  m
between sprinklers shall not exceed 1.9 m and
width, authority shall be consulted.
the product of the horizontal distance and the
vertical distance between sprinklers shall not
11.5.5.2 Double row rack
exceed 4.9 m2.
a) Double row racks no more than 3.2 m wide
11.5.4 Numbers of rows of sprinklers at shall be protected by sprinklers centrally in
each level the longitudinal flue space at the tier levels
shown in Figures F 11.5.1a and F 11.5.1b;
The number of sprinkler rows per level shall be
determined by the total width. When racking The maximum vertical distance between
is placed back to back the total width shall be sprinklers shall be as stated in clause 11.5.2.
calculated by adding together the width of each The maximum horizontal distance between
rack and the distance between them. sprinklers shall be as stated in clause 11.5.3.
1 row of sprinklers per level shall be installed b) Double row racks more than 3.2 m wide, but
for every 3.2  m of rack width. They shall be not more than 6.4 m wide shall be protected
installed in the flue spaces wherever possible. by two rows of sprinklers installed centred
over the respective load. The sprinklers at a
11.5.5 HHS intermediate sprinklers in particular level in each line shall be located in
non-shelved racks the same set of transverse flue spaces. The
When required (see 6.2.2 and table T 5.3.2a), sprinklers in the transverse flue spaces shall
intermediate sprinkler (in rack) sprinklers shall be arranged so that the maximum vertical
be provided for palletised rack storage and distance between two sprinklers is 7 m for
multiple row rack storage according to the cat I and II and 3.5 m for cat III and IV.
following: The vertical distance from the floor to the
lowest intermediate level and between levels
11.5.5.1 Single row rack
shall not exceed 3.50 m or two tiers, whichever
a) Single row racks not more than 1.6  m is the lesser.
wide shall be protected by single rows of Additionally, at a maximum vertical distance
sprinklers fitted on the side of the rack not of 7  m (between intermediate levels), the
used for access or in the middle of rack at longitudinal flue shall be protected by sprinklers
the tier levels. Sprinklers shall be fitted at every 2nd transverse flue space for category I and
every 2nd transverse flue space for Cat. I and II and every transverse flue space for category
II and at every transverse flue space for Cat. III and IV. It shall be ensured that the maximum
III and Cat. IV. distance between the top longitudinal flue in
The maximum vertical distance between rack protection and the top of storage is 3.5 m
sprinklers shall be as stated in clause 11.5.2. or less according to table T 6.2.3.2a.

68 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


11. SPACING AND LOCATION OF SPRINKLERS

d) For double row racks next to a wall (less


than 700 mm from the wall) authority shall
be consulted. Consideration should be
given to the installation of supplementary
Max 2 pallets
sprinklers especially if the wall is made of
with 3.5 m max combustible material.

11.5.5.3 Multiple row racks with flue space


in only one direction
In this type of rack the only possible flue space
is in the loading direction, because pallets are,
by design, butted to the others. This concept
applies even if the goods are smaller than the
Max 7 m
pallet size.
See figure F 11.5.5.3a and b
The figure  F  11.5.5.3a fixes the maximum
distances between in rack sprinklers. Multiple-
row rack HHS1-2 with flue space in only one
direction.
Elevation view (general case)
The figure  F  11.5.5.3b fixes the maximum
distances between in rack sprinklers. Multiple-
row rack HHS3-4 with flue space in only one
direction.

<7m For category I and II goods the horizontal


distance between sprinklers shall not exceed
3.75  m and the product of the horizontal
distance and the vertical distance between
sprinklers shall not exceed 9.8 m2.
Elevation view
(example with rack less than 7 m height) For category III and IV goods the horizontal
distance between sprinklers shall not exceed
1.9 m and the product of the horizontal distance
Figure F 11.5.5.2a: Double row racks more than
3.2 m wide in category III and IV and the vertical distance between sprinklers
shall not exceed 4.9 m2.
Hydraulic calculation shall be carried out
The maximum horizontal distance between according to § 6.2.3.3
sprinklers shall be as stated in clause 11.5.3. For multiple row racks next to a wall (less
See figure F 11.5.5.2a than 700  mm from the wall) authority shall
be consulted. Consideration should be given
NOTE : the layout for cat I and II is not shown
to the installation of supplementary sprinklers
c) For double row racks of more than 6.4  m especially if the wall is made of combustible
width, authority shall be consulted. material.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 69

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

Every 4 levels
with maximum 7 m

3.75 m
Every second level maximum
with maximum 3.5 m

3.75 m
maximum

Figure F 11.5.5.3a: Multiple-row racks HHS 1-2 with flue space in only one direction

Every 4 levels
with maximum 7 m

1.9 m
Every second level maximum
with maximum 3.5 m

1.9 m
maximum

Figure F 11.5.5.3b: Multiple-row racks HHS 3-4 with flue space in only one direction

11.5.5.4 Multiple row racks with longitudinal c) Multiple row racks HHS 4
and transverse flue spaces Multiple row rack configuration with longitudinal
In this type of configuration, the rack structure and transverse flue spaces in HHS 4 shall be
and the organisation of the storage are made submitted to authority.
so that longitudinal and transverse flue spaces d) For multiple row racks next to a wall (less than
exist. 700 mm from the wall) authority shall be con-
In this case the flue spaces shall be at least sulted. Consideration should be given to the in-
150 mm wide. stallation of supplementary sprinklers especially
if the wall is made of combustible material.
The figures  F 11.5.5.4a and F 11.5.5.4b fix
the maximum distances between in rack ST4 movable rack storage configuration shall be
sprinklers. submitted to authority but can be interpolated
from this chapter 11.5.5.
a) Multiple row racks HHS 1 – 2
b) Multiple row racks HHS 3 11.5.6 HHS intermediate sprinklers
below solid or slatted shelves in
Sprinklers are arranged so that there is an in- racks (ST5 and ST6)
rack sprinkler at each intersection between
longitudinal and transverse flue space, at least Intermediate sprinklers shall provided above
every 7 m. each shelf (including the top shelf if the roof or

70 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


11. SPACING AND LOCATION OF SPRINKLERS

Every 4 levels
with maximum 7 m
Every second flue with
3.75 m maximum

Every second level Every second flue with


with maximum 3.5 m 3.75 m maximum

Figure F 11.5.5.4a: Multiple-row racks HHS 1 - 2 with longitudinal and transverse flue spaces

Every 4 levels
with maximum 7 m
Every second flue with
1.9 m maximum

Every second level Every second flue with


with maximum 3.5 m 1.9 m maximum

Figure F 11.5.5.4b: Multiple-row racks HHS 3 with longitudinal and transverse flue spaces

Table T 11.5.6a: Location of intermediate sprinklers in type ST5 and ST6 storage

Shelf width - s Rows of Maximum Maximum Minimum clearance


m sprinklers distance between distance between between sprinkler
sprinklers along rows of sprinklers deflector in any
rows m row and storage
m immediately below
m
s≤1 1 2.8 - 0.15
1<s≤3 1 2.8 - 0.15
3<s≤6 2 2.8 2.8 0.15

ceiling sprinklers are more than 4 m above the each row is the same distance from the nearest
goods or water access to the goods is restricted), shelf edge.
and located as shown in Table  T  11.5.6a and The distance from the end of the shelf parallel
Figure F 11.5.6a. The vertical distance between to the range pipe lines to the nearest sprinkler
rows shall not exceed 3.5 m. shall be half the sprinkler spacing along the range
Single rows of sprinklers shall be central above lines or 1.6 m, whichever is the smaller.
shelves. Double rows shall be positioned so that

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 71

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

Sprinkler row

≤ 2.8 m

≤3m

equally spaced

Sprinkler
row ≤ 2.8 m

equally spaced
≤ 2.8 m

≤6m

Figure F 11.5.6a: Location of intermediate sprinklers in type ST5 and ST6 storage

12 SPRINKLER DESIGN the original manufacturer. They shall not


CHARACTERISTICS AND USES be altered in any respect or have any type
of ornamentation or coating applied after
despatch from the production factory, except
12.1 General
as specified in 12.9.
Only new, approved sprinklers shall be
used. They shall not be painted except by

Table T 12.2.1a: Sprinkler types and K factors for various hazard classes

Hazard class Design Sprinkler type Minimum


density nominal K
(mm/min) factor
LH 2.25 Conventional, spray, flat, spray 57
recessed, concealed and sidewall
OH1, OH2, OH3 and OH4 (cinemas, 5.0 Conventional, spray, flat spray, 80
theatres, concert halls, Film (TV) studios, recessed, concealed,
exhibition halls, In the areas where and sidewall
ceiling height doesn’t exceed 10 m
All other OH4 5.0 Conventional, spray, flat spray 80
and sidewall
HHP and HHS ≤ 10 Conventional, spray 80
Ceiling or roof sprinklers
> 10 Conventional, spray 115
Spray, and flat spray 80
HHS intermediate sprinklers Spray, and flat spray 80
in high piled storage

72 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


12. SPRINKLER DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS AND USES

12.2 Sprinkler types and by the authorities. Only Quick response


application sensitivity shall be used.

12.2.1 General
12.2.5.1 Extended coverage sidewall sprinkler
Sprinklers shall be used for the various hazard
Extended coverage sidewall sprinklers may be
classes in accordance with Table T 12.2.1a, and
used in LH and OH1 hazards. They may be
as specified in 12.2.2 to 12.2.4.
used in rooms, which have a maximum area of
12.2.2 Ceiling or flush, recessed and 126  m2, a fire resistance of the compartment
concealed sprinklers of at least 30 minutes, a smooth ceiling and
a maximum ceiling height of 4.1  m. In one
Flush, recessed and concealed sprinklers shall area only, sprinklers with identical response
not be installed in, HHP or HHS areas. sensitivity class may be used.
Flush, recessed and concealed sprinklers shall The area per sprinkler must not exceed 21 m2. In
not be installed in OH4 areas except: rooms with a maximum width of 6.5 m, only one
– Cinemas, row of extended coverage sidewall sprinklers
needs to be installed along the longitudinal wall.
– Theatres,
In rooms with a width of between 6.5 m and
– concert halls, 11 m, two rows of extended coverage sidewall
– Film (TV) studios, sprinklers must be installed along each of the
longitudinal walls. In this case, the sprinklers
– Exhibition halls,
must be installed staggered.
As long as the ceiling height doesn’t exceed 10 m.
The area of operation with extended coverage
Sprinklers without fixed deflectors, i.e. with sidewall sprinklers shall not be less than 126 m2.
retracted deflectors which drop to the operating
The minimum design pressure shall be 2.5 bar
position on actuation, shall not be fitted:
for ceiling heights up to 2.8  m and 3 bar for
a) where the ceiling is more than 45° from the ceiling heights between 2.8 m and 4.1 m.
horizontal;
The distance between two extended coverage
b) in situations where the atmosphere is sidewall sprinklers installed along the same wall
corrosive or likely to have a high dust content; shall be between 3  m and 4.5  m. Extended
c) in racks or under shelves. coverage sidewall sprinklers shall be installed
at a maximum distance of 300  mm from the
12.2.3 Sidewall pattern adjacent wall and at a distance of 100  mm to
250  mm from the ceiling. Extended coverage
Sidewall sprinklers shall not be installed in HHP
sidewall sprinklers shall be installed at a minimum
or HHS installations or above suspended ceilings.
horizontal distance of 0.5 m from corners.
They may only be installed under flat ceilings.

12.2.4 Flat spray pattern 12.2.6 Dry pendant sprinklers in cold


room application
The use of flat spray sprinklers shall be restricted
to concealed spaces, suspended open ceilings In all cases the manufacturer’s datasheet shall
and in racks. be applied. If manufacturer’s datasheet does
not give guidance, the following shall apply:
12.2.5 Extended coverage sprinkler
– Dry sprinkler shall be connected with a T,
This type of sprinkler may be used for special in order to avoid any damage on the sealing
protection e.g. hotel bedroom, with an approval that could occur when using a bent.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 73

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

– The length of the dry shall be chosen according Under normal conditions in temperate climates
to the temperature in the cold room in order a rating of 68°C or 74°C is suitable.
to limit the risk of freezing due to heat transfer. In unventilated concealed spaces, under skylights
The table T12.2.6a gives the minimum lengths or glass roofs etc., it may be necessary to install
of the dry sprinklers that shall be exposed to sprinklers with a higher operating temperature,
positive temperature (outside the cold room). up to 93°C or 100°C. Special consideration shall
Table 12.2.6a: Minimum recommended lengths be given to the rating of sprinklers in the vicinity
between dry sprinkler fitting and the outside of drying ovens, heaters and other equipment
surface of cold room which gives off radiant heat.
NOTE: sprinklers are colour coded to indicate their
Cold room Minimum length
Temperature M temperature rating as follows:
0°C to – 29°C 0.3 Bulb: °C
– 30°C to – 40°C 0.45 – Orange 57 °C
– 41°C to – 51°C 0.6 – Red 68 °C
– Yellow 79 °C
– Green 93-100 °C
– Blue 121-141 °C
12.3 Flow from sprinklers – Mauve 163-182 °C
– Black 204-345 °C
The water flow from a sprinkler shall be
calculated from the following formula: Fusible link: °C
– Uncoloured 57-77 °C
Q=K P – White 80-107 °C
– Blue 121-149 °C
where: – Red 163-191 °C
Q is the flow in litres per minute; – Green 204-246 °C
– Orange 260-302 °C
K is the constant given in Table T 12.2.1.a; – Black 320-343 °C
P is the pressure in bar.
12.5 Sprinkler Thermal
12.4 Sprinkler temperature sensitivity
ratings
12.5.1 General
Sprinklers shall be chosen with a temperature
rating close to but no lower than 30°C above Sprinklers of different sensitivities shall be used
the highest anticipated ambient temperature. in accordance with T 12.5.1a.

Table T 12.5.1a: Sprinkler sensitivity ratings

Sensitivity rating in-rack Ceiling above in- Dry systems All others
rack sprinklers
Standard ’A’ No Yes Yes Yes
Special No Yes Yes Yes
Quick Yes Yes No Yes
NOTE 1: the sprinkler at the ceiling shall have a sensitivity equal to or of slower response than the sprinklers situated in the racks.
NOTE 2: most types of sprinklers are rated, in descending order of sensitivity, as one of the following types:
– quick response;
– special response;
– standard response ‘A’.
The sprinkler sensitivities rating are specified in EN 12259 part 1.

74 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


12. SPRINKLER DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS AND USES

12.5.2 Buildings with automatic smoke tEPOPUB÷FDUUIFTQSJOLMFSXBUFSEJTUSJCVUJPO


venting systems negatively

Smoke vents shall be operated only manually, tXJMMQSFWFOUXBUFSGSPNSVOOJOHEPXOUPUIF


or else the sprinkler heads shall be selected so sprinkler from the underside of the shield.
as to operate before the smoke vents open. The water shield can be a metal water shield
with a diameter of min. 0.075 m.
12.6 Sprinkler guards It shall be designed to ensure an angle of at
least 60° between the sprinkler centreline and
When sprinklers, other than ceiling or flush
a line from the edge of the shield to the lowest
sprinklers, are installed in a position at risk of
visible part of the bulb or fusible element (see
mechanical damage, they shall be fitted with a
figure F 12.7a).
suitable metal guard.

12.8 Sprinkler escutcheon


12.7 Sprinkler water shields
plates
Sprinklers installed in racks or under perforated Escutcheon plates shall be made of metal or
shelves or platforms or similar locations where a thermosetting plastic material. Escutcheon
water from a higher sprinkler or sprinklers plates shall not be used to support ceilings or
may cause wetting close to the bulb or fusible other structures.
element, shall be fitted with a non combustible
water shield. No part of an escutcheon plate shall project
from the ceiling below the top of the visible
Water shields and any supports shall be portion of the heat sensitive element of the
designed so that they: sprinkler.

≥6 ≥6
0° 0°

≥6 ≥6
0° 0°

Figure F 12.7a: Water shield

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 75

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

12.9 Corrosion protection of in such a way that no section shall include more
sprinklers than 4 control valve sets.

Sprinklers installed in premises where corrosive 13.4 Drain valves


vapours are prevalent shall be protected in one
of the following ways: Drain valves shall be fitted as specified in
Table T 13.4a to allow drainage from:
a) with a suitable corrosion resistant coating
applied by the manufacturer; a) immediately downstream of the control
valve set or of its downstream stop valve
b) with a petroleum jelly coating applied once where such exists;
before and once after installation.
b) immediately downstream of any subsidiary
The anti-corrosion treatment shall not be alarm valve;
applied to sprinkler bulbs.
c) immediately downstream of any subsidiary
stop valve;
13 VALVES d) between a dry pipe or subsidiary control
valve set and any subsidiary stop valve
13.1 Control Valve Set installed for testing;
Each installation shall have a control valve set. e) any pipe which cannot be drained through
another drain valve, with the exception
13.2 Stop Valves of drop pipes to single sprinklers in a wet
installation.
All normally open stop valves which may cut off The valves shall be fitted at the lower end of the
the water supply to the sprinklers shall: pipework and sized as specified in Table T 13.4a.
– close in the clockwise direction; The outlet shall be not more than 3  m above
the floor and shall be fitted with a brass plug.
– be fitted with an indicator that clearly shows
whether it is in the open or closed position;
13.5 Test valves
– be secured in the open position by a strap and
padlock or secured in an equivalent manner. 13.5.1 Alarm and pump start test valves
NOTE 1: no stop valves are allowed downstream 15 mm test valves shall be provided, as appropriate,
of the control valve set except as stated elsewhere to test:
in these rules. Stop valve downstream of the control
a) the hydraulic alarm and any electric alarm
valve set should be avoided, where possible. Where
pressure switch by drawing water from the
stop valves are installed downstream of the control
immediate downstream side of:
valve set, they shall be monitored electrically.
– a wet alarm valve, and any downstream main
NOTE 2: in locations such as high-rise buildings, where
stop valves;
high static pressures are likely, special care should be
taken to ensure that all stop, test, drain and flushing – an alternate alarm valve;
valves are suitable for the installation pressures. – a pre-action alarm valve;
b) the hydraulic alarm and any electric
13.3 Ring main valves alarm pressure switch by drawing water
Where sprinkler systems are fed by a ring main downstream of the main water supply stop
supply pipe arrangement on the premises, valves valve and from the upstream side of:
shall be installed to isolate the ring into sections, – an alternate alarm valve;

76 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


13. VALVES

Table T 13.4a: Minimum size of drain valves

Valve principally draining Minimum diameter d of valve


and pipe (mm)
LH installation 40
OH or HHP or HHS installation 50
Subsidiary installation 50
A zone 50
Trapped distribution pipes d ≤ 50 20
50 < d ≤ 80 32
d > 80 50
Trapped range pipes d ≤ 50 20
d > 50 25
Trapped pipework between dry or subsidiary alarm valve and a 15
subsidiary stop valve installed for testing Purposes

– a dry pipe alarm valve; – be at least 200 mm long.


– a pre-action alarm valve; Flushing connections shall be fitted with a
c) any water flow alarm switch installed suitable plug or cap.
downstream of the main control valve NOTE 1: it may be desirable in certain cases to fit
set. The test valve shall be connected flushing connections on ranges, e.g. in the form of
downstream of the water flow alarm; a blank tee.
d) any automatic pump starting device; NOTE 2: in addition to their use for flushing of the
e) any pump or pressure tank house sprinkler pipework, flushing connections may be used to
alarm flow switch installed upstream of the check that water is available and for carrying out
control valve set. pressure and flow tests.
NOTE 3: pipework which is completely full of water
13.5.2 Remote test valves may be damaged by the increase in pressure due
to temperature rises. If complete venting of air in
A test facility shall be provided, incorporating a test
an installation is likely to occur, e.g. in the case of
valve with any associated fittings and pipework,
a gridded layout with flushing connections at the
delivering a flow equivalent to the discharge from
extremities, consideration should be given to the
a single sprinkler, connected at the hydraulically
fitting of pressure relief valves or expansion vessels.
most remote location on a distribution pipe.

13.6 Flushing connections 13.7 Pressure gauges

Flushing connections, with or without Pressure gauge scale divisions shall not exceed:
permanently installed valves, shall be fitted on a) 0.2 bar for a maximum scale value less than
the spur ends of the installation distribution or equal to 10 bar;
pipes. They shall:
b) 0.5 bar for a maximum scale value greater
– be at least DN50 and than 10 bar.
– in case of distribution pipes bigger than DN50 NOTE: the maximum scale value should be of the
be connected eccentrically at the bottom of order of 150% of the known maximum pressure to
the distribution pipe and be applied.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 77

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

13.7.1 Water supply connections 14 ALARMS AND


Each town main connection shall be fitted with
ALARM DEVICES
a pressure gauge between the supply pipe stop
valve and the non-return valve (‘A gauge’). 14.1 Water motor alarms
Each pump supply shall be fitted with a damped 14.1.1 General
pressure gauge on the supply pipe immediately
downstream of the outlet non-return valve Each control valve set shall be provided with:
and upstream of any outlet stop valve. – a separate water motor alarm;
– or an electric pressure switch with an
13.7.2 Control valve set indication for each control valve set;
Each set of installation control valves shall have – or both located as close as possible to the
a pressure gauge fitted at each of the following alarm valve.
points:
A single alarm motor and gong may be installed
a) immediately upstream of the control valve common to a group of wet alarm valves provided
set, (‘B’ gauge); that these are situated in the same valve room
b) immediately downstream of the control and an indicator is fitted to each alarm valve to
valve set, (‘C’ gauge); show when it is operating.
c) immediately downstream of subsidiary
14.1.2 Water motor and gong
control valve sets, but upstream of any stop
valve. The water motor shall be installed with its
gong on the outside of an exterior wall and
13.7.3 Removal with its centre line not higher than 6 m above
the point of connection to the alarm valve. A
Means shall be provided to enable each
strainer, readily accessible for cleaning, shall
pressure gauge to be removed readily without
be fitted between the motor nozzle and the
interruption of the water or air supply to the
alarm valve connection. The water outlet shall
installation.
be arranged so that any flow of water can be
seen.
13.8 Measures against over
pressurisation 14.1.3 Piping to water motor
Where it is expected to have a pressure The piping shall be galvanised steel. The
expansion above 12 bar in the pipework (e.g. equivalent length of pipe between the alarm
systems with large temperature variations and valve and the water motor shall be not more
antifreeze systems), an expansion vessel or a than 25 m assuming an equivalent length of 2 m
relief valve should be installed. In case of using for each change of direction.
a relief valve, it shall be installed downstream of The pipe shall be fitted with a stop valve located
the control valve on the riser. within the premises and shall be provided with
Relief valves shall have a nominal diameter a permanent drain through an orifice of not
between 10  mm and 25  mm and operate more than 3 mm in diameter. The orifice plate
at pressures not greater than 12 bar. For may be integral with the pipe fitting, and shall
maintenance purposes, the relief valve shall be be made either of stainless steel or of a non-
fitted with an isolation valve. ferrous material.

78 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


15. PIPEWORK

14.2 Electrical water flow and 15 PIPEWORK


water and air pressure
switches 15.1 General
14.2.1 General 15.1.1 Underground piping
Electrical devices to detect the operation of Pipes shall be installed in accordance with
sprinkler systems shall be either water flow the manufacturer’s instructions and shall be
switches or pressure switches. protected against corrosion.
NOTE: the following types of pipe are
14.2.2 Water flow alarm switches
recommended: cast iron, ductile iron, spun cement,
Water flow alarm switches shall only be used reinforced glass fibre.
in wet installations. A test connection shall be Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent
fitted downstream of each switch to simulate damage to piping, for example by passing
the operation of a single sprinkler. It shall be vehicles.
fitted with a drain. The draw-off pipe shall be
galvanised steel or copper. 15.1.2 Above ground piping
The pressure/flow characteristic of the fully
Piping downstream of control valves shall
opened test valve and draw-off pipe shall be
be steel or copper or another material in
equal to that of the smallest nominal bore
accordance with appropriate specifications
sprinkler supplied through the flow switch. Any
valid in the place of use of the system. When
orifice plate shall be at the pipe outlet and shall
steel pipes with a nominal diameter equal to or
be either stainless steel or non-ferrous material.
less than 150 mm are threaded, cut-grooved or
The test pipe outlet shall be positioned relative otherwise machined, they shall have a minimum
to the drainage system in such a way that the wall thickness in accordance with ISO 65M.
flow of water can be seen during tests. When steel pipe ends are formed without
significant by reducing the wall thickness,
14.2.3 Dry and Pre-action systems e.g. by roll-grooving or pipe end preparation
for welding, they shall have a minimum wall
Each discrete section of the installation pipework
thickness in accordance with ISO 4200 range D.
should be provided with a low air/gas pressure
alarm, to provide a visual and audible warning in If accepted by the authority, other systems for
an area with responsible manning. piping and connections than listed above can
be used if they have been approved for their
14.3 Transmission of alarm specific application by an EN ISO/IEC 17025
signals to a permanently accredited test institute which is accepted in the
manned location place of use of the system. Test standard has
also to be approved by the authorities.
Any automatic sprinkler electrical alarm Copper pipes for LH and OH1 shall be in
connected to a permanently manned location accordance with EN 1057.
shall conform to EN 54-2 “Control and Indicating
Equipment”. NOTE 1: For dry, alternate or pre-action
installations, internally galvanised steel, stainless
steel, or similar corrosion-resistant pipe should
14.4 Monitoring stop valve preferably be used.
The monitoring signal shall be transmitted to a Ensure the sprinkler system piping is compatible
permanently manned location. with the environment it will be protecting.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 79

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

NOTE 2: When mechanical pipe joints are t The bending strength of the welded pipe
used, Minimum wall thickness shall also be joint shall be at least 80% of the pipe
in accordance with the joint manufactures’ bending strength;
recommendations. t If robot welding machines are used, the
welding operation shall be fully automatic.
15.1.3 Welding
Welders shall be approved in accordance with 15.1.4 Mechanical pipe joints
EN 287-1.
Mechanical pipe joints shall be approved.
Welded pipe and fittings less than DN 65 mm
in diameter shall be welded in the supplier 15.1.5 Flexible pipes and joints
factory.
If relative movement is likely to occur between
The company producing welding shall have a different sections of pipework within the
quality management system accepted by the sprinkler system, e.g. owing to expansion joints
authorities such as ISO 9001. or in the case of free-standing storage racking,
An accredited laboratory accepted by the a flexible section or joint shall be fitted at the
authorities shall check the following welding point of connection to the distribution main.
procedures and welding test pieces: Before installation it shall meet the following
requirements.
– Socket weld procedure: Welding of sockets
onto pipes smaller than DN 65 mm; a) it shall be capable of withstanding a test
pressure of four times the maximum
– Pipe weld procedure: Welding of pipes
working pressure or 40 bar, whichever is the
smaller than DN 65 mm including welding
greater, and shall not include parts which,
of pipes smaller than DN 65 mm onto larger
when subject to fire, might impair either the
dimensioned pipes.
integrity or the performance of the sprinkler
The quality management system shall include system;
the following main requirements:
b) Flexible pipes shall contain a continuous
t The welded joint shall be made according pressure-retaining stainless steel or non-
to EN 25817, quality class D “Arc-welded ferrous metal inner tube;
joints in steel – guidance on quality levels
c) Flexible pipes shall not be fitted in the fully
for imperfections”;
extended position.
t No debris shall be left inside the pipes
Flexible pipes and joints shall not be used to take
after the welding operation;
up misalignment between a distribution main
t The welded joint shall fully penetrate and the feed pipes to intermediate sprinklers.
the pipe wall if no evidence according to
EN 288 “specifications and approval of 15.1.6 Concealment
welding procedures for metallic materials”
is provided. The welded joint shall not Pipes shall be installed in such a way that they
intrude into the pipe more than: are easily accessible for repairs and alterations.
They shall not be embedded in concrete floors
a) 1 mm average; or ceilings.
b) 1.5 mm maximum. NOTE 1: Authorities may accept for risk no greater
t Welded connections shall not cause than OH3 category, the use of embed sprinkler
pressure losses higher than 105% of the piping in concrete, providing the system is certified
loss produced in standard fittings; for this application.

80 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


15. PIPEWORK

NOTE 2: wherever possible, piping should not racks or other structures. They shall not be
be installed in concealed spaces which make used to support any other installations. They
inspection, repairs and modifications difficult. shall be of the adjustable type in order to secure
an even load bearing capability. Supports shall
15.1.7 Protection against fire and completely surround the pipe and shall not be
mechanical damage welded to the pipe or fittings.
Piping shall be installed in such a way that the The part of the structure to which the supports
pipes are not exposed to mechanical damage. are secured shall be capable of supporting the
Where pipes are installed above gangways with pipework (see Table T 15.2a). Pipes greater than
low headroom, or at intermediate levels, or 50 mm diameter should not be supported from
in other similar situations, precautions shall be corrugated steel sheet or aerate concrete slabs.
taken against mechanical damage. Distribution pipes and risers shall have a
Where it is unavoidable for water supply pipework suitable number of fixed points to take account
to pass through an unsprinklered building, it shall of axial forces. No part of any support shall be
be installed at ground level and shall be enclosed made of combustible material. Nails shall not
by dwarf brick walls covered by concrete slabs. be used.
Supports for copper pipes shall be provided
15.1.8 Painting with a suitable lining with sufficient electrical
Non-galvanised ferrous pipework shall be resistance, in order to prevent contact
painted. Galvanised piping shall be painted corrosion.
wherever the coating has been damaged, e.g.
by threading. 15.2.2 Spacing and location

NOTE: extra protection may be needed for Supports shall generally be spaced no more
unusually corrosive conditions. than 4  m apart on steel pipe and 2  m apart
on copper pipe. For pipes of over 50  mm
15.1.9 Drainage diameter these distances may be increased
by 50% provided that one of the following
Mean shall be provided to enable all the pipework conditions is met:
to be drained. Where this cannot be done through
the drain valve at the control valve set, extra valves – 2 independent supports are fitted directly to
shall be fitted in accordance with 13.4. the structure;

In the case of dry, alternate and pre-action – a support is used which is capable of bearing
installations range pipes shall have a slope a load 50% greater than that called for in
towards the distribution pipe of at least 0.4% Table T 15.2a.
and distribution pipes shall have a slope towards When mechanical pipe joints are used:
the appropriate drain valve of at least 0.2%. – there shall be at least one support within lm
Range pipes shall only be connected to the side of each joint;
or top of distribution pipes. – there shall be at least one support on each
pipe section.
15.2 Pipe supports
The distance from any terminal sprinkler to a
15.2.1 General support shall not exceed:

Pipe supports shall be fixed directly to the – 0.9 m for 25 mm diameter piping;
building or, if necessary, to machines, storage – 1.2 m for piping greater than 25 mm diameter.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 81

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

The distance from any upright sprinkler to a 15.3 Pipework in concealed


support shall not be less than 0.15 m. spaces
Vertical pipes shall have additional supports in
Where sprinkler protection is required in
the following cases:
concealed spaces such as false ceilings and floors,
– pipes more than 2 m long; the pipework shall be designed as follows:
– pipes more than 1  m long feeding single
sprinklers. 15.3.1 False ceilings above LH or OH
The following pipes need not be separately occupancies
supported unless they are at a low level or Sprinklers above the ceiling may be fed from the
otherwise vulnerable to mechanical impact: same range pipes as the sprinklers below the
– horizontal, pipes less than 0.45 m long, ceiling.
feeding individual sprinklers;
– drop or rise pipes less than 0.6 m long feeding 15.3.2 All other cases
individual sprinklers. The sprinklers in the concealed space shall
be fed from separate range pipes. In the case
15.2.3 Design
of pre-calculated systems, distribution pipes
Pipe supports shall either be approved or feeding sprinklers both inside and outside the
designed in accordance with the requirements concealed space shall be no less than 65 mm
of Tables T 15.2a and T 15.2b. diameter.

Table T 15.2a: Design parameters for pipe supports

Nominal pipe Minimum load Minimum cross Minimum length of


diameter capacity at 20°C (1) section (2) anchor bolt (3)
(d) kg mm2 mm
mm
d ≤ 50 200 30 (M8) 30
50 < d ≤ 100 350 50 (M10) 35
100 < d ≤ 150 500 70 (M12) 40
150 < d ≤ 200 850 125 (M16) 50
NOTE 1: when the material is heated to 200°C the load bearing capacity shall not deteriorate more than 25%.
NOTE 2: the nominal cross section of threaded rods shall be increased so that the minimum cross section is still achieved.
NOTE 3: the length of anchor bolts depends on the type used and the quality and type of material into which they are to be fixed. The
values given are for concrete.

Table T 15.2b: Minimum dimension of flat iron rods and clips

Nominal pipe Flat iron rods Pipe clips


diameter
galvanised mm ungalvanised galvanised mm ungalvanised
(d)
mm mm
mm
d ≤ 50 2.5 3.0 25 x 1.5 25 x 3.0
50 < d ≤ 200 2.5 3.0 25 x 2.5 25 x 3.0

82 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


16. SIGNS, NOTICES AND INFORMATION

16 SIGNS, NOTICES The sign shall be rectangular with white letters


AND INFORMATION not less than 20 mm high on a red background.
Where the stop valve is enclosed in a room with
16.1 Block plan a door the sign shall be fixed on the outside of
the door, and a second sign, bearing the words
16.1.1 General « Keep locked shut » shall be fixed on the inside
A block plan of the premises shall be placed of the door. The second sign shall be circular
close to a main entrance where it can be readily with white letters not less than 5 mm high, on a
seen by the fire brigade or others responding to blue background.
an alarm. The plan shall show:
16.2.3 Control valve set
a) the installation number and the location of
the corresponding control valve set and 16.2.3.1 General
water motor alarm;
Where the sprinkler system comprises more
b) each separate area of hazard classification, than one installation each control valve set
the relevant hazard class and the maximum shall be prominently marked with the number
storage height; identifying the installation it controls.
c) by means of colour shading or hatching
the area covered by each installation and,
16.2.3.2 Fully calculated installations
if required by the fire brigade, indication In fully calculated installations a durable notice
of routes through the premises to those shall be fixed to the rise pipe next to each
areas; control valve set. The notice shall include the
d) the location of any subsidiary stop valves. following information:
a) the installation number;
16.2 Signs and notices b) the hazard classification or classifications of
the areas protected by the installation;
16.2.1 Location plate
c) for each hazard class area within an
A location plate of weather-resistant material installation:
and lettering shall be fixed on the outside of
1) the design requirements (area of operation
the external wall as close as practical to the
and density of discharge);
entrance nearest the installation main control
valve set(s). The plate shall bear the wording: 2) the pressure-flow requirement at the ‘C’
gauge or flow test facilities for the most
‘SPRINKLER STOP VALVE’ unfavourable and most favourable areas
in letters not less than 35 mm high, and of operation;

‘INSIDE’ 3) the pressure-flow requirement at the


pump delivery pressure gauge for the
in letters not less than 25 mm high. The wording most unfavourable and most favourable
shall be in white letters on a red background. areas of operation;

16.2.2 Signs for stop valves 4) the height of the highest sprinkler above
the level of the ‘C’ gauge;
A sign shall be fitted close to the main and any
5) the height difference between the ‘C’
subsidiary stop valves bearing the words:
gauge and the pump delivery pressure
‘SPRINKLER CONTROL VALVE’. gauge.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 83

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

16.2.4 Water supply connections 16.2.6.2 Diesel engine driven pump


to other services
The alarms specified in 9.9.11 at both the diesel
Stop valves controlling water supplies from engine controller and the responsibly manned
sprinkler system supply pipes or trunk mains to location shall be marked as appropriate:
other services shall be appropriately labelled; a) diesel fire pump failure to start;
e.g. ‘Fire fighting hose reels’, ‘Domestic water
supply’ etc. The labels shall have raised or b) diesel fire pump starter switched off;
embossed lettering and be fixed to stop valves c) pump running.
to inhibit unauthorised removal.
The manually operated shut-down mechanism
(see 9.9.7) shall be labelled as follows:
16.2.5 Suction and booster pumps
‘SPRINKLER PUMP SHUT-OFF’.
16.2.5.1 Pre-calculated installations
16.2.6.3 Electric motor driven fire pump
A nameplate shall be fixed to each suction
or booster pump, carrying the following Each switch on the dedicated power feed to
information: an electric sprinkler fire pump motor shall be
labelled as follows:
a) the output pressure, and the corresponding
rated speed and flow (l/min), in bar at the ‘SPRINKLER PUMP MOTOR SUPPLY
inlet condition and flow rating specified in - NOT TO BE SWITCHED OFF
table T 9.7.2a; IN THE EVENT OF FIRE’.
b) the maximum power absorbed at the
relevant speed at any value of flow. 16.2.7 Testing and operating devices
All valves and instruments used for testing and
16.2.5.2 Fully calculated installations operation of the system shall be appropriately
An installer’s data sheet shall be displayed beside labelled. Corresponding identification shall appear
the pump, giving the following information: in the documentation.

a) the pump manufacturer’s data sheets;


17 COMMISSIONING
b) a schedule listing the technical data specified
AND ACCEPTANCE TESTS
in 3.4.4.4;
c) a copy of the installer’s pump characteristics 17.1 Commissioning tests
sheet, similar in presentation to Figure F Ha;
17.1.1 Pipework
d) the pressure loss, at flow Qmax., between
the pump outlet and the most hydraulically All installation pipework shall be hydrostatically
remote installation ‘C’ gauge. tested for not less than 2 hours, to a pressure of
not less than 15 bar, or 1.5 times the maximum
16.2.6 Electric switches and control pressure to which the system will be subjected,
panels (both measured at the installation control
valves), whichever is the greater.
16.2.6.1 Alarm transmission
Dry pipework shall also be tested pneumatically
Where water flow into an installation initiates to a pressure of not less than 2.5  bar for not
an automatic alarm to the fire brigade or to a less than 24 hours. Any leakage that results in
remote control station, a notice to that effect a loss of pressure greater than 0.15 bar for the
shall be fixed adjacent to the alarm test valve(s). 24 hours shall be corrected.

84 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


18. MAINTENANCE

Any faults disclosed, such as permanent If it is required by the authorities. The user shall
distortion, rupture or leakage, shall be corrected have the test, service and maintenance schedule
and the test repeated. carried out under contract by the system
NOTE: if climatic conditions do not allow hydraulic installer or a similarly qualified company.
testing to be carried out immediately, it should be After an inspection, check, test service or
carried out as soon as conditions permit. maintenance procedure the system, and any
automatic pumps, pressure tanks and gravity
17.1.2 Equipment tanks shall be returned to the proper operational
condition.
The system shall be tested as specified in 18.3.2
and 18.4.2 (i.e. making the tests which will be NOTE: if appropriate, the user should notify
made on a routine weekly and quarterly basis) interested parties of the intent to carry out tests
and any faults shall be corrected. and/or of the results.

17.1.3 Water supplies 18.1.2 Replacement sprinklers


Water supplies shall be tested as specified in A stock of spare sprinklers shall be kept on
7.5, and diesel engine driven pumps shall be the premises as replacements for operated or
tested as specified in 18.3.2.5. damaged sprinklers. Spare sprinklers, together
with sprinkler spanners as supplied by the
17.2 Completion certificate manufacturer, shall be housed in a cabinet or
and documents cabinets located in a prominent and easily
accessible position where ambient temperature
The installer of the system shall provide the does not exceed 38°C.
user with the following:
The number of the spare sprinklers shall be not
a) a completion certificate stating that the less than:
system complies with all appropriate
a) 6 for LH installations;
requirements of these rules, or giving details
of any deviation from the requirements; b) 24 for OH installations;
b) a complete set of operating instructions and c) 36 for HHP and HHS installations.
“asbuilt” drawings including identification of The stock shall be replenished promptly after
all valves and instruments used for testing spares are used.
and operation and a users programme for
inspection and checking (see 18.3). Where installations contain high-temperature
sprinklers, sidewall or other variations of
sprinkler pattern or contain multiple controls,
18 MAINTENANCE an adequate number of these spares shall also
be maintained.
18.1 General
18.1.3 Precautions and procedures when
18.1.1 Programmed work a system is not fully operational
The user shall carry out a programme of 18.1.3.1 Minimising the effects
inspection and checks (see clause 18.3), arrange
a test, service and maintenance schedule (see Maintenance, alterations and repair of systems
clause 18.4) and keep appropriate records which are not fully operational shall be carried
including a logbook which shall be held on the out such as to minimize the time and extent of
premises. non-operation.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 85

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

When an installation is rendered inoperative Before a system is wholly or partly shut down
the user shall implement the following every part of the premises shall be checked to
measures: ensure that there is no indication of fire.
a) the fire authorities shall be informed if the Where premises are subdivided into
alarm is connected to the fire brigade; separate occupancies constituting buildings
b) alterations and repairs to an installation or in communication or at risk, protected by
its water supply should be carried out during common sprinkler systems or installations, all
normal working hours; occupiers shall also be advised that the water is
to be turned off.
c) any hot work shall be subject to a permit
system. Smoking and naked lights shall Particular attention shall be given to
be prohibited in affected areas during the situations where installation pipework
progress of the work; passes through walls or ceilings where these
may feed sprinklers in areas needing special
d) when an installation remains inoperative consideration.
outside working hours all fire doors and fire
shutters shall remain closed; 18.1.3.3 Unplanned shut-down
e) fire extinguishing appliances shall be kept in
When an installation is rendered inoperative
readiness, with trained personnel available
as a matter of urgency or by accident, the
to handle them;
precautions in 18.1.3.1 shall be observed as far
f) as much as possible of the installation shall be as they are applicable with the least possible
retained in an operative condition by blanking delay. The authorities shall also be notified as
of pipework feeding the part or parts where soon as is possible.
work is taking place;
g) in the case of manufacturing premises, when 18.2 Action following sprinkler
the alterations or repairs are extensive, or it operation
is necessary to disconnect a pipe exceeding
40 mm nominal diameter, or to overhaul or 18.2.1 General
remove a main stop valve, alarm valve or Following shut-down after operation of an
check valve, every effort shall be made to installation, the operated sprinkler heads shall
carry out the work while the machinery is be replaced by heads of the correct type and
stopped; temperature rating, and the water supply
h) any pump which is out of commission shall restored. Unopened sprinklers around the area
be isolated by means of the valves provided. in which operation took place shall be checked
for damage by heat or other cause and replaced
NOTE: where possible parts of installations should
as necessary.
be reinstated to provide some protection overnight
by using blinders and blanks within the pipework; The water to an installation or zone of an
the blinders and blanks should be fitted with visible installation that has operated shall not be shut
indicator tags numbered and logged to aid timely off until all fire has been extinguished.
removal. The decision to shut down an installation or
zone which has operated because of fire shall
18.1.3.2 Planned shut-down be taken only by the fire service.
Only the user shall give permission for a Components removed from the system shall be
sprinkler installation or zone to be shut down retained by the user for possible examination
for any reason other than an emergency. by an authority.

86 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


18. MAINTENANCE

18.2.2 Installations protecting cold 18.3.2.4 Automatic pump starting test


storage warehouses
Tests on automatic pumps shall include the
(air circulation refrigeration)
following:
The installation shall be dismantled for drying a) fuel and engine lubricating oil levels in diesel
out after each operation. engines shall be checked;

18.3 User’s programme of b) water pressure on the starting device shall


be reduced, thus simulating the condition of
inspection and checking
automatic starting;
18.3.1 General c) when the pump starts, the starting pressure
The installer shall provide the user with an shall be checked and recorded;
inspection and checking programme for the d) the oil pressure on diesel pumps shall be
system. The programme shall include instruction checked, as well as the flow of cooling water
on the action to be taken in respect of faults, through open circuit cooling systems.
operation of the system, with particular mention
of the procedure for emergency manual starting 18.3.2.5 Diesel engine restarting test
of pumps, and details of the weekly routine of
Immediately after the pump start test of 18.3.2.4,
18.3.2.
diesel engines shall be tested as follows:
18.3.2 Weekly routine a) the engine shall be run for 20  min, or for
time recommended by the manufacturer,
18.3.2.1 General whichever is the greater; the engine shall
Each part of the weekly routine shall be carried then be stopped and immediately restarted
out at intervals of not more than 7 days. using the manual start test button;
b) the water level in the primary circuit of closed
18.3.2.2 Checks circuit cooling systems shall be checked.
The following shall be checked and recorded: Oil pressure (where gauges are fitted), engine
temperatures and coolant flow shall be
a) all water and air pressure gauge readings on
monitored throughout the test. Oil hoses shall
installations, trunk mains and pressure tanks;
be checked and a general inspection made for
NOTE: the pressure in the pipework in dry, leakage of fuel, coolant or exhaust fumes.
alternate and pre-action installations should
not vary more than 1.0 bar from a week to 18.3.2.6 Lead acid batteries
another.
The electrolyte level and density of all lead acid
b) all water levels in elevated private reservoirs, cells (including diesel engine starter batteries and
rivers, canals, lakes, water storage tanks those for control panel power supplies) shall be
(including pump priming water tanks and checked. If the density is low the battery charger
pressure tanks); shall be checked and, if this is working normally
c) the correct position of all main stop valves. the battery or batteries affected shall be replaced.

18.3.2.3 Water motor alarm test 18.3.2.7 Fire brigade and remote central
station alarm connection
Each water motor alarm shall be sounded for
not less than 30  s and simultaneously the fire The equipment for automatic transmission of
brigade connection shall be checked. alarm signals from a sprinkler installation to a

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 87

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

fire brigade or remote manned centre shall be 18.4.2.2 Review of hazard


checked for:
The effect of any changes of structure,
a) continuity of the connection; occupancy, storage configuration, heating,
b) continuity of the connection between the lighting or equipment, etc. of a building on
alarm switch and the control unit. hazard classification or installation design shall
be identified in order that the appropriate
NOTE: the testing procedure shall be agreed with
modifications may be carried out.
the alarm signal recipient.

18.3.2.8 Trace heating and localised heating 18.4.2.3 Sprinklers, multiple controls and
systems sprayers

Heating systems to prevent freezing in the Sprinklers, multiple controls and sprayers
sprinkler system shall be checked for correct affected by deposits (other than paint) shall be
function. carefully cleaned. Painted or distorted sprinkler
heads, multiple controls or sprayers shall be
18.3.3 Special consideration replaced.
Any petroleum jelly coatings shall be checked.
The specific gravity of the anti-freeze solution
Where necessary the existing coatings shall be
shall be verified quarterly for permanent cold
removed and the sprinklers, multiple controls or
storage and yearly, before winter for unheated
sprayers shall be coated twice with petroleum
areas.
jelly (in the case of glass bulb sprinklers to the
sprinkler body and yoke only).
18.4 Service and maintenance
schedule Particular attention shall be paid to sprinklers
in spray booths, where more frequent
18.4.1 General cleaning and/or protective measures may be
necessary.
18.4.1.1 Procedures
In addition to the schedule given in this clause
18.4.2.4 Pipework and pipe supports
any procedures recommended by component Pipework and hangers shall be checked for
manufacturers shall be carried out. corrosion and painted as necessary.

18.4.1.2 Records Bitumen-based paint on pipework, including


the threaded ends of galvanised pipework, and
Each routine of the schedule shall be carried hangers shall be renewed as necessary.
out by a competent person who shall provide
NOTE: bitumen-based paint may need renewal at
the user with a signed, dated report of the
intervals varying from 1 to 5 years according to the
inspection and advise of any rectification
severity of the conditions.
carried out or needed, and advise of any
external factors, which may have affected the Tape wrapping on pipes shall be repaired as
results. necessary.
The pipework shall be checked for electrical
18.4.2 Quarterly routine earthing connections. Sprinkler pipework shall
not be used for earthing electrical equipment
18.4.2.1 General
and any earthing connections from electrical
The following checks and inspections shall be equipment shall be removed and alternative
made at intervals of not more than 13 weeks. arrangements made.

88 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


18. MAINTENANCE

18.4.2.5 Water supplies and their alarms 18.4.3.2 Dry alarm valves
Each water supply shall be tested with each Dry alarm valves, and any accelerators and
control valve set in the system. The pump(s), exhausters, in dry pipe installations and subsidiary
if fitted, in the supply shall start automatically extensions shall be exercised in one of the
and the supply pressure at the appropriate flow following ways, as appropriate:
rate shall be not less than the appropriate value
a) the inspection cover plate shall be removed
in accordance with clause 9, recognising any
and the moving parts shall be operated
changes required by 18.4.2.2.
manually;
18.4.2.6 Electrical supplies b) if a screw-down diaphragm interlocking
key type subsidiary stop valve is fitted
The electrolyte level and density of all open downstream of the alarm valve, subsidiary
nickel-cadmium cells (including those in diesel stop valve shall be closed, the space between
engine starter batteries and those for control the dry pipe valve clack and the underside
panel power supplies) shall be checked. If the of the subsidiary valve shall be primed with
density is low the battery charger shall be water, and the installation drain valve shall
checked and if necessary repaired or replaced. be opened.
If the charger is working normally, the battery
or batteries affected shall be replaced. NOTE: alternate installations need not be tested in
this way since they are exercised twice a year as a
Any secondary electrical supplies from diesel result of the change-over from wet to dry operation
generators shall be checked for satisfactory and back.
operation.

18.4.2.7 Stop valves 18.4.3.3 Fire brigade and remote central


station alarm
All stop valves controlling the flow of water to
sprinklers shall be operated to ensure that they The electrical installation shall be checked.
are in working order, and securely refastened
in the correct mode. This shall include the 18.4.4 Yearly routine
stop valves on all water supplies, at the alarm
valve(s) and all zone or other subsidiary stop 18.4.4.1 General
valves. The following checks and inspections shall be
made at intervals of not more than 12 months.
18.4.2.8 Flow switches
Flow switches shall be checked for correct 18.4.4.2 Automatic pump flow test
function.
Each water supply pump in the installation
shall be tested at the full load condition (by
18.4.2.9 Replacement parts
means of the test line connection coupled to
Replacement parts held as spare shall be the pump delivery branch downstream of the
checked for number and condition. pump outlet back pressure valve) and shall
give the pressure/flow values stated on the
18.4.3 Half-yearly routine nameplate.
NOTE: appropriate allowances shall be made
18.4.3.1 General
for pressure losses in the supply pipe and valves
The following checks and inspections shall be between the source and the ‘C’ gauge of each
made at intervals of not more than 6 months. installation.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 89

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

18.4.4.3 Diesel engine failed-to-start test 18.4.5 3 Yearly routine


The failed-to-start alarm shall operate after 18.4.5.1 General
the sixth cycle of cranking, when the following
sequence is carried out: The following checks and inspections shall be
made at intervals of not more than 3 years.
a) the fuel supply shall be isolated;
b) the engine shall be cranked for not less than 18.4.5.2 Storage and Pressure tanks
15 s;
All tanks, except single superior supplies, shall
c) cranking shall be stopped for not less than be examined externally and internally. The
10s and not more than 15 s; tanks shall be cleaned and/or repainted and/
d) (b) and (c) shall be repeated a further five or have the corrosion protection refurbished,
times; as necessary.
e) the fuel supply shall be restored. 18.4.5.3 Water supply stop valves, alarm
Immediately after this test the engine shall be and non-return valves
started using the manual starting system.
All water stop valves, alarm and non-return
valves shall be examined and replaced or
18.4.4.4 Float valves on water storage tanks
overhauled as necessary.
Float valves on water storage tanks shall be
checked for correct function. 18.4.6 15 yearly routine

18.4.4.5 Pump suction strainers At not more than 15 year intervals, all storage
tanks shall be drained, cleaned, examined
Pump suction strainers and settling chamber internally and the fabric attended to as
screens shall be inspected at least annually and necessary.
cleaned as necessary.

90 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


ANNEX A

ANNEX A
Classification of typical hazards
Tables T Aa, T Ab and T Ac contain lists of also be used as guidance for occupancies not
minimum hazard classification. They shall specifically mentioned.

Table T Aa: Light Hazard occupancies

Limited areas (see 5.2.1) in:


– Schools and other educational institutions
– Offices
– Prisons
– Hotels

Table T Ab: Ordinary Hazard occupancies (A.2)

Ordinary Hazard group


Occupancy
OH1 OH2(1) OH3(2) OH4
Glass and t (MBTTGBDUPSJFT
ceramics
Chemicals t $FNFOUXPSLT t 1IPUPHSBQIJD t %ZFSTXPSLT
laboratories t 4PBQGBDUPSJFT
t 1IPUPHSBQIJDmMN t 1IPUPHSBQIJDmMN
t .BOVGBDUVSFST manufacturers
t 1BJOUBQQMJDBUJPOTIPQT
with water based paints
Mechanical t 4IFFUNFUBM t .FUBMXPSLJOH t &MFDUSPOJDTGBDUPSJFT
Engineering t 1SPEVDU t 3BEJPFRVJQNFOUGBDUPSJFT
factories t 8BTIJOHNBDIJOF
factories
t $BSXPSLTIPQT
Food and t "CBUUPJST NFBU t "OJNBMGPEEFSGBDUPSJFT t "MDPIPM
beverages (3) factories t $PSONJMMT distilleries
t #BLFSJFT t %FIZESBUFEWFHFUBCMF
t #JTDVJUGBDUPSJFT and soup factories
t #SFXFSJFT t 4VHBSGBDUPSJFT
t $IPDPMBUFGBDUPSJFT
t $POGFDUJPOFSZ
factories
t %BJSJFT NJML

Miscellaneous t )PTQJUBMT t -BCPSBUPSJFT t #SPBEDBTUJOHTUVEJPT TFF t $JOFNBTBOE


t )PUFMT (physical) also film (TV) studio) theatres
t -JCSBSJFT t -BVOESJFT t 3BJMXBZTUBUJPOT t $PODFSUIBMMT
(excluding book t $BSQBSLT FYDMVEJOH t 1MBOUSPPN t 5PCBDDP
stores) automatic car parks) t 'BSNT factories
t 3FTUBVSBOUT t .VTFVNT t $IVSDIFTXJUIXPPEFO t 'JMN 57

t 4 DIPPMT TFFȵ
roof construction studios

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 91

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

Ordinary Hazard group


Occupancy
OH1 OH2(1) OH3(2) OH4
Paper t #PPLCJOEJOH t 8BTUFQBQFS
factories processing
t $BSECPBSE
factories
t 1BQFSGBDUPSJFT
Rubber
and plastics
Shops t %BUBQSPDFTTJOH t %FQBSUNFOUTUPSFT t &YIJCJUJPOIBMMT(4)
and offices (computer room, t 4IPQQJOHDFOUSFT
excluding tape
storage)
t 0îDFT TFFȵ

Textiles t -FBUIFSHPPET t $BSQFU FYDMVEJOH t $PUUPONJMMT


and clothing factories rubber and foam t 'MBYQSFQBSBUJPO
plastics) factories
t 1MBOUTIFNQ
t $MPUIBOEDMPUIJOH preparation
factories
t 1MBOUT
t 'JCSFCPBSE
factories
t 'PPUXFBS
(excluding plastics
and rubber)
factories
t ,OJUUJOHGBDUPSJFT
Linen factories
t .BUUSFTT
(excluding foam
plastics) factories
t 4FXJOHGBDUPSJFT
t 8FBWJOHNJMMT
t 8PPMMFOBOE
worsted mills
Timber t 8PPEXPSLJOH t 1MZXPPEGBDUPSJFT
and wood factories
t 'VSOJUVSF XJUIPVU
foam plastics)
factories
t 'VSOJUVSF
showrooms
t 6QIPMTUFSZ
(without foam
plastics) factories
NOTE 1: Where there is painting, large amount of flammable liquids or other similar high fire load areas, they shall be treated as OH3.
NOTE 2: Warehouses generally and high rise buildings according to annex E in order to ensure flexibility.
NOTE 3: If combustible insulated panels are used, consideration for a possible higher classification should be taken.
NOTE 4: Excessive clearance shall be taken into consideration.

92 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


ANNEX A

Table T Ac: High Hazard Process occupancies

HHP1 HHP2 HHP3 HHP4


t 'MPPSDMPUIBOEMJOPMFVNNBOVGBDUVSF t 'JSFMJHIUFSNBOVGBDUVSF t $FMMVMPTFOJUSBUF t 'JSFXPSL
t 3FTJO MBNQCMBDLBOEUVSQFOUJOF t 5BSEJTUJMMJOH manufacture manufacture
manufacture t %FQPUTGPSCVTFT  t 3VCCFSUJSFTGPS
t 3VCCFSTVCTUJUVUFNBOVGBDUVSF unladen lorries and cars and lorries
t 8PPEXPPMNBOVGBDUVSF railway carriages t .BOVGBDUVSFPG
t .BUDINBOVGBDUVSFST t $BOEMFXBYBOEQBSBîO foam plastics,
t 1BJOUBQQMJDBUJPOTIPQTXJUITPMWFOU manufacturers foam rubber and
t 3FGSJHFSBUPSGBDUPSJFT t 1BQFSNBDIJOFIBMMT foam rubber
t 1SJOUJOHXPSLT t $BSQFUGBDUPSJFTJODMVEJOH goods
t $BCMFGBDUPSJFTGPS111&14PSTJNJMBS rubber and foam plastics
burning characteristics; other than OH3 t 4BXNJMM
t *OKFDUJPONPVMEJOH QMBTUJDT
GPS111& t $IJQCPBSENBOVGBDUVSJOH(1)
PS or similar burning characteristics; t 1BJOU DPMPVSBOEWBSOJTI
other than OH3 manufacture
t 1MBTUJDTGBDUPSJFTBOEQMBTUJDHPPET
(excluding foam plastics) for PP/PE/PS
or similar burning characteristics;
other than OH3
t 3VCCFSHPPETGBDUPSJFT
t 4ZOUIFUJDmCSFGBDUPSJFT
(excluding acrylic)
t 3PQFGBDUPSJFT
t $BSQFUGBDUPSJFT JODMVEJOHVOFYQBOEFE
plastics
t 'PPUXFBSGBDUPSJFT JODMVEJOHQMBTUJDT
and rubber
/05&ȵ"EEJUJPOBMPCKFDUQSPUFDUJPONBZCFOFDFTTBSZ

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 93

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

ANNEX B When using Figure F B.2a, the stored goods


shall be considered to include all packaging
Process for Categorising Stored Materials and pallet material. For the purpose of this
evaluation, rubber shall be treated in the same
B.1 General way as expanded plastic. The storage of rubber
tiers needs special consideration (see Annex
The overall fire hazard of stored goods (defined
K.11).
as a product and its packaging) is a function of
its heat release rate (kW) which in turn is a The storage of goods of any type (except non
function of its heat of combustion (kJ/kg) and combustible liquids) in containers or boxes
its burning rate (kg/s). made of polypropylene (PP), polyethylene
The heat of combustion is determined by the (PE), polystyrene (PS) or plastic with similar
material or mix of materials in the goods. The fire behaviour shall be protected as specified in
burning rate is determined by both the materials Annex K.7.
involved and the configuration of the material.
When goods, including packaging and/
To categorise products, this method first container, contain more than 30% in weight of
addresses the material involved to produce a « unexpanded or more than 30% in volume of
material factor » and then modifies this where expanded plastic, the requirements of Annex
necessary due to the configuration of the K.7 shall apply if the following conditions are
goods to determine the category. Where no met:
modification is required, the « material factor »
is the sole determinant of the Category. – Plastic is polypropylene (PP), polyethylene
(PE), polystyrene (PS) or plastic with similar
B.2 Material factor fire behaviour and,
– The surface of exposed plastic exceeds 20%
Figure F B.2a shall be used to determine the
of the total exposed surface.
material factor when goods consist of mixtures
of materials.

% by weight
30 of unexpanded plastic

15

5
material material material material
factor 1 factor 2 factor 3 factor 4

5 25 30 40
% by volume
of unexpanded plastic
Limit of application of Annex K7
Figure F B.2a: Material Factor

94 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


ANNEX B

The following four material factors shall be used B.2.3 Material factor 3
in determining the category.
Materials which are predominantly unexpanded
B.2.1 Material Factor 1 plastic (see Figure F.B.2a) or materials of a
similar energy content.
Non combustible products in combustible
packaging and low or medium combustibility Examples:
products in combustible/non-combustible – electric cables on reels or in cartons;
packaging. Products having little plastic content
– synthetic fabrics
as defined below:
– accumulators without electrolyte;
– unexpanded plastic content less than 5% by
weight (including the pallet); – personal computers;
– expanded plastic content less than 5% – unexpanded plastic cups and cutlery.
volume. Examples:
– metal parts with /without cardboard B.2.4 Material factor 4
packaging on wood pallets; Materials which are predominantly expanded
– grain in sacks; plastic (more than 40% by volume) or materials
– canned foods; of similar energy content (see Figures F B.2a).

– ceramics in cardboard; Examples:


– foam mattresses;
– metal tools in cardboard. – expanded polystyrene packaging;
– foam upholstery;
B.2.2 Material Factor 2
Materials having higher energy content than B.3 Effect of stored materials
Material Factor 1materials, for instance those configuration
containing plastics in greater quantities as
defined in Figure F B.2a. After determining the material factor, the stored
Examples: materials configuration shall be consulted in
Table T B.3a to determine the most appropriate
– powdered food in sacks Categorisation. If an appropriate category is
– wood or metal furniture without plastic given in Table T Ca the higher of the two values
seats. shall be used.

Table T B.3a: Categories as a function of stored materials configuration

Storage configuration Material Factor


1 2 3 4
Exposed plastic container with non-combustible Cat. I, II, Cat. II, Cat. III Cat. IV
content III III see Annex K7 if see Annex K7 if
applicable applicable
Exposed plastic container ≤ 50 l, with non- Cat. I Cat. II Cat. III Cat. IV
combustible liquid or non-combustible see Annex K7 if see Annex K7 if
powdered/granular solids, in direct contact with applicable applicable
the container.
Soft drinks or liquids with less than 20% alcohol
are considered as non combustible.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 95

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

Storage configuration Material Factor


1 2 3 4
Exposed plastic container > 50 l, with non- Cat. II Cat II Cat III Cat. IV
combustible liquid or non-combustible see Annex K7 see Annex K7 if
powdered /granular solids, in direct contact if applicable applicable
with the container.
Soft drinks or liquids with less than 20% alcohol
are considered as non combustible.
Shrink wrapped storage Cat. II Cat. III Cat. III Cat. IV
Exposed unexpanded plastic surface – Cat. III Cat. III Cat. III Cat. IV
unexpanded
(above 25% of surface)
Exposed expanded plastic surface Cat. IV, III Cat. IV Cat. IV Cat. IV
(above 25% of surface) – expanded
Open structure Cat. II Cat. II Cat. II Cat. IV
Solid block materials Cat. I Cat. I Cat. II Cat. IV
Granular or powdered material in a Cat. I Cat. II Cat. II Cat. IV
No special configuration Cat. I Cat. II Cat. III Cat. IV
NOTE 1: See B.3.1 to B.3.7 for explanations of the storage configurations.

96 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


ANNEX C

ANNEX C Table T Ca is applicable where any packaging of


the goods, with or without pallets, is no more
Alphabetical listing of stored products hazardous than a cardboard box or a single
and categories layer of corrugated cardboard wrapping.

Table T Ca: Stored products and categories

Product Category Comments


Adhesives III With flammable solvents special protection required
Adhesives I Without solvent
Asphalt paper II In horizontal rolls
Asphalt paper III In vertical rolls
Batteries, dry cell II
Batteries, wet cell II Empty plastic accumulators require special protection
Beer I
Beer II Containers in wooden crates
Books II
Candles III
Canvas, tar-impregnated III
Carbon black, powder III
Cardboard (all types) II Stored flat
Cardboard (except corrugated) II Rolls stored horizontally
Cardboard (except III Rolls stored vertically
corrugated)
Cardboard (corrugated) III Rolls stored horizontally
Cardboard (corrugated) IV Rolls stored vertically
Cardboard cartons III Empty, heavyweight, made up boxes
Cardboard cartons II Empty, lightweight, made up boxes
Carpet tiles III
Carpets, without plastics II Storing in racks requires in-rack sprinklers
Cartons, waxed, flats II
Cartons, waxed, made-up III
Cellulose II Baled, without nitrite and acetate
Cellulose pulp II
Ceramics I
Cereals II Boxed
Charcoal II Excluding impregnated charcoal
Cloth, synthetic III Stored flat
Cloth, wool or cotton II
Clothes II
Coconut matting II

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 97

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

Product Category Comments


Confectionery II
Cork II
Cotton, baled II Special measures, such as an increased area of operation, may
be necessary
Crockery I
Electrical appliances I Predominantly metal construction with ≤ 5% by mass plastic
Electrical appliances II With ≤ 15% by mass plastic
Electrical appliances III Others
Electrical cable or wire III Storage in racks requires in-rack sprinklers
Esparto III Loose or baled
Fertilizer, solid II May require special measures
Fibreboard II
Firelighters (barbecue) III
Flax II Special measures, such as an increased area of operation, may
be necessary
Flour II In sacks or paper bags
Foods, tinned I In cardboard boxes and trays
Foodstuffs II In sacks
Furniture, upholstered II With natural fibres and materials but excluding plastics
Furniture, wooden II
Furs II Flat in boxes
Glass fibre I Unfabricated
Glassware I Empty
Grain I In sacks
Hemp II Special measures, such as an increased area of operation, may
be necessary
Hides II
Jute II
Knitwear II See clothes
Laminated board II
Leather goods II
Linen II
Linoleum III
Matches III
Mattresses IV With expanded foam
Mattresses II Others
Meat II Chilled or frozen
Metal goods I
Milk powder II In bags or sacks
Office material III

98 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


ANNEX C

Product Category Comments


Paints I Water based
Paper II Sheets stored horizontally
Paper III Mass < 50g/m2, (e.g. tissue paper), rolls stored horizontally
Paper IV Mass < 50g/m2, (e.g. tissue paper), rolls stored vertically
Paper III Mass ≥ 50g/m2, (e.g. newspaper), rolls stored vertically
Paper II Mass ≥ 50g/m2, (e.g. newspaper), rolls stored horizontally
Paper, bitumen coated III
Paper, pulp II Rolled or baled
Paper, waste III Special measures may be necessary, such as an increased area of
operation.
Pillows II Feather or down
Rags II Loose or baled
Resins III
Roof felt in rolls III
Rope synthetic II
Shoes II ≤ 5% by mass plastic or rubber
Shoes III With plastic (5% or more)
Soap, water soluble II
Spirituous liquors, cased glass I ≤ 20% of alcohol
bottles (other see K)
Spirituous liquors, cased glass III > 20% of alcohol only in bottle; others see annex K
bottles (other see K)
String/Rope natural fibres II
Sugar II In bags or sacks
Textiles See cloth
Timber, sawn III In ventilated stacks
Timber, sawn II Not in ventilated stacks
Timber, unsawn II
Tobacco II Leaf and finished goods
Rubber tyres stored on side IV
Rubber tyres: general See annex
K 11
Vegetable fibres II Special measures such as an increased area of operation may be
necessary
Wax (paraffin) IV
Wicker work III
Wood See timber
Wood, chipboard, plywood II Stored flat, excluding ventilated stacks
Wood pulp II Baled
Wood veneer sheets III
Wood wool IV Baled

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 99

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

ANNEX D D.3.2 Zone subsidiary stop valves

Requirements for Multi-Storey Buildings Each zone shall be independently controlled by


a single zone subsidiary stop valve, installed in a
readily accessible position at the floor level of
D.1 Scope
the zone it controls. Each valve shall be secured
This Annex specifies requirements particular to open and be labelled to identify the area of
the sprinkler protection of multi-storey buildings protection it controls.
when zoning is adopted. It applies only to OH
sprinkler installations of the wet pipe type. D.3.3 Flushing Valves
NOTE: see also Annex E for high rise systems. Each zone shall be fitted with a valve not less
than 20  mm nominal diameter, either on the
end of the distribution pipe hydraulically most
D.2 Zoning of installations
remote from the water supply, or on the end of
Wet pipe Ordinary Hazard sprinkler installations each distribution pipe spur, as appropriate. The
may be zoned or unzoned. valve outlet shall be fitted with a brass plug cap.

The number of sprinklers to be controlled D.3.4 Monitoring


by any one wet control valve set in Ordinary
Hazard may exceed 1000 (see Table T 10.1.1a), Zoned sprinkler installations shall be provided
with the following restrictions: with tamper proof devices to monitor the
status of:
a) the installation shall be zoned in accordance
with D.3; a) each stop valve (i.e. either fully open or not
fully open), including subsidiary stop valves,
b) zoned installations shall not include any capable of interrupting the flow of water to
hazard greater than OH3; sprinklers;
c) car parks and areas involving the unloading b) water flow into each zone immediately
and storage of goods shall be on a separate downstream of each zone subsidiary stop
unzoned installation; valve, to indicate the operation of each zone,
d) the building shall be sprinkler protected by means of a water flow alarm switch capable
through- out on all floors; of detecting a flow equal to or greater than
that from any single sprinkler;
e) the total number of sprinklers controlled by
any one control valve set shall not exceed c) water flow through each main installation
10 000. control valve set.

D.3.5 Zone test and drainage facilities


D.3 Requirements for zoned
installations Permanent test and drainage facilities shall be
provided immediately downstream of the water
D.3.1 Extent of zones flow alarm switch on each zone. The test facility
No zone shall: shall simulate operation of any single sprinkler
head. Adequate provision shall be made for the
a) include more than 500 sprinklers; disposal of waste water.
b) encompass more than one ownership;
D.3.6 Installation control valve set
c) cover more than one floor level, which may
however include a mezzanine floor nor The main control valve set of a zoned sprinkler
greater than 100 m2. installation shall have two stop valves, one on each

100 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


ANNEX D

side of a single alarm valve with a bypass connec- any trunk main supplying the system has
tion of the same nominal bore around all three fallen to a value 0.5 bar or more below the
valves, fitted with a normally closed stop valve normal static pressure;
(see Figure F D.3.6a). Each of the three stop valves
e) by means of audible devices and red visual
shall be fitted with tamper proof devices to moni-
indicators that water is flowing into the
tor their status (i.e. fully open or not fully open).
installation;
D.3.7 Installation monitoring f) by means of audible devices and red visual
and alarms indicators that water is flowing into one or
more zones.
The monitoring devices required by D.3.4 and
D.3.6 shall be electrically connected to a control Facilities shall be provided at the indicator panel
and indicating panel, located on the premises, for silencing the audible alarms but the visual
where the following indications and warnings indicators shall continue to operate until the
shall be given: installation is restored to the normal standby
a) by means of green visual indicators that condition.
each monitored stop valve is in its correct Any change in the panel alarm or fault indication
operational position; after the audible alarm has been silenced shall
b) by means of audible devices and amber cause it to resume sounding until it is again
visual indicators that one or more control silenced or the panel reset to the normal
valve sets are not fully open; standby condition.

c) by means of audible devices and amber visual


indicators that one or more zone subsidiary
D.4 Block Plan
stop valves are not fully open; Where installations are arranged in zones, the
d) by means of audible devices and amber site block plan shall additionally indicate the
visual indicators that the static pressure in positions of the zone control valves.

To installation Valves in black are normally closed

Test connection
Alarm devices
Downstream stop valves

Bypass stop valve


Alarm valves

Upstream stop valves

Installation monitoring facility

From water supply

Figure F D.3.6a: Control valve bypass arrangement for zoned multi-storey building installations

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 101

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

ANNEX E 1.16:1, as measured by valve lift and pressure


equalisation upstream of the back pressure valve.
Special Requirements for High Rise Systems
E.2.5 Calculation of distribution
E.1 Scope pipework for pre-calculated
systems
This Annex specifies requirements particular
The main distribution pipes, including risers and
to the sprinkler protection of multi-storey
drops, between the highest design point in an
buildings with a height difference between the
installation and the zone subsidiary stop valve at
highest and lowest sprinkler exceeding 45 m.
the same floor level shall be sized by hydraulic
The requirements are applicable to buildings calculations. The maximum friction loss shall
intended for use with occupancies where the not exceed 0.5 bar at a flow of 1 000 l/min (see
hazard is classified as no greater than OH3. G. 2.4.2).
NOTE: special fire engineering solutions are Where sprinkler protection is at various floor
needed for high rise systems with hazards greater levels in an installation the allowable pressure loss
than OH3, and specialist advice should be sought. between the design points and zone subsidiary
stop valves on lower levels, may be increased by
E.2 Design criteria an amount equal to the difference in static head
gain between the sprinklers at the level concerned
E.2.1 Hazard group and the highest sprinkler in the installation.
High rise sprinkler systems shall comply with
E.2.6 Water pressures
the requirements for OH3 protection.
Pipework, fittings, valves and other equipment
E.2.2 Subdivision of high rise sprinkler shall be capable of withstanding the maximum
systems pressure likely to be encountered.
High rise sprinkler systems shall be sub-divided NOTE: to overcome the problem of pressures
into sprinkler installations such that the height in excess of 12  bar, hydraulic alarm gongs may
difference between the highest and lowest be driven via a pressure reducing valve or from
sprinkler on any one installation does not a secondary water supply such as a town main,
exceed 45 m (see Figures F Ea and F Eb). controlled by a diaphragm valve connected to the
main installation control valve alarm port.
E.2.3 Zoning
E.3 Water supplies
High Rise Sprinkler systems shall be zoned in
accordance with Annex D.
E.3.1 Types of water supplies
E.2.4 Standing water pressures at back
The system shall have at least one superior
pressure and alarm valves
single water supply.
The minimum standing pressure at any back
pressure or alarm valve inlet shall be no less than E.3.2 Pressure and flow requirements
1.25 times the static head difference between the for pre-calculated installations
valve and the highest sprinkler on the installation.
The water supply shall be designed to achieve
Back pressure valves controlling installation flow a minimum pressure and flow condition at the
should operate correctly with a ratio of service zone subsidiary stop valve outlet as specified
pressure to installation pressure not exceeding in Table T 6.3.1a, taking Ps to be the pressure

102 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


ANNEX E

difference equivalent to the height of the highest E.3.4 Pump performance for pre-
sprinkler above the installation zone subsidiary calculated installations
stop valve.
Automatic pumps shall have characteristics in
E.3.3 Water supply characteristics for accordance with Table T 9.7.2a.
pre-calculated installations NOTE: pressures are taken at the pump outlet or
The water supply characteristics shall be the relevant stage of multi-stage pumps, on the
determined by a hydraulic calculation of the delivery side of any orifice plate.
pipework upstream of the zone subsidiary stop
valve outlet, at the higher and lower flow rates
specified in Table  T  6.3.1a, and shall include
calculations at the water supply datum point.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 103

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

1. Storage tank
2. Multistage pump
3. Flow meter
4. Water supply datum point
5. Alarm valve station
(with bypass arrangement)
6. Flow test and zone drainage

≤ 45 m
7. Zone subsidiary stop valve
8. Water flow alarm switch
9. Sprinkler head
10.Water flow alarm switch test
valve and zone drain valve

Valves in black
are normally closed

≤ 45 m

10
h
8
9
7

4
3

Figure F Ea: Typical layout of high rise system with pump supply

104 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


ANNEX E

≤ 45 m
1

≤ 45 m

1. Storage tank
2. Multistage pump
3. Flow meter
4. Water supply datum point
10 5. Alarm valve station
(with bypass arrangement)
8 6. Flow test and zone
9
7 drainage
7. Zone subsidiary stop valve
6 8. Water flow alarm switch
9. Sprinkler head
5 10.Water flow alarm switch
test valve and zone drain
valve
4
3
6

Figure F Eb: Typical layout of high rise system with gravity tanks and booster pumps

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 105

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

ANNEX F F.6 Theatres

Additional measures to improve system National requirements shall be taken into


reliability and availability consideration.
Where required by authority, the In theatres with separated stages (i.e. where
following clauses apply. there is a safety curtain between the stage
and auditorium) the safety curtain shall be
F.1 Subdivision into zones provided with a line of drenchers controlled by
a quick opening valve (e.g. a plug valve) fitted
Installations shall be subdivided into zones, in
in an accessible position. The water supply for
accordance with Annex D, with a maximum of
the drenchers shall be taken upstream of any
200 sprinklers per zone.
control valve set. The stage shall be protected
F.2 Wet Pipe Installations by a water spray installation with automatic
and manual activation. Alternatively, stages
Sprinkler installations shall be of the wet pipe with a total height no greater than 12 m may
type and any subsidiary dry pipe or alternate be protected by sprinklers.
extension shall comply with 10.5.
All workshops, dressing rooms, scenery,
storerooms and spaces below the stage shall be
F.3 Sprinkler type and
sprinklered.
sensitivity
Conventional, Spray, flat spray or Sidewall F.7 Additional precautions
sprinklers shall be used. The sensitivity shall for maintenance
be Quick response, except that Standard ‘A’
and Special response may be used in rooms Only one zone of a multi-zone installation
no less than 500  m2 in area or no less than shall be shut down at a time. An installation or
5 m in height. In case of recessed or concealed zone shall be shut down for the minimum time
sprinklers, the heat sensitive element shall be necessary for maintenance.
similar to the one used for quick response
The partial or complete shut-down of a
sprinklers.
sprinkler installation shall be avoided wherever
possible. Only the smallest part of the
F.4 Installation Main Control
installation necessary shall be isolated.
Valve Set
When a zone (or zones) is charged or recharged
During servicing and maintenance of the with water after draining, the flushing valve(s)
installation alarm valves, the sprinkler installation (see D.3.3) shall be used to check that water is
shall be fully operational in all aspects. available in the zone (or zones).
NOTE: in some countries duplicate installation Individual alarm valves in a duplicate control
control valve sets are required. valve set, where required, shall be separately
serviced, provided the water supply to the
F.5 Water Supplies installation is maintained.
The system shall have at least one superior The following procedure shall be followed
single water supply. before servicing duplicate control valve sets:
NOTE: in some countries duplicate supplies are – the stop valves to the duplicate alarm valve
required. shall be checked and if necessary opened.

106 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


ANNEX F

One of the stop valves to the alarm valve to be – if water is not available, the stop valve shall be
serviced shall be closed and an alarm test (see opened immediately, and the fault rectified
18.3.2.3) carried out immediately on the other before proceeding.
alarm valve;

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 107

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

ANNEX G p = 0.098h
where:
Methods for sizing pipework
p is the static pressure difference, in bar;
G.1 Calculation of pressure h is the vertical distance between the
losses in pipework points, in metres.

G.1.1 Pipe friction loss G.1.3 Velocity


Frictional pressure loss in pipes shall be The equilibrium water velocity shall not exceed:
hydraulically calculated. The Hazen-Williams
formula should be used: t 6 m/s through any valve or flow monitoring
device;
6, 05 × 105 × Q1, 85 t 10 m/s at any other point in the system,
P= ×L
C1, 85 × d4, 87 for the stabilised flow condition at the demand
where:
point involving an area of operation or where
p is the pressure loss in the pipe, in bar; the system includes intermediate sprinklers the
Q is the flow through the pipe, in litres total number of sprinklers assumed to be in
per minute; simultaneous operation.
d is the mean internal diameter of the
pipe, in millimetres; G.1.4 Fitting and valve friction losses
C is a constant for the type and condition The pressure loss due to friction in valves, in fittings
of the pipe (see Table G.1.1a); and in couplings where the direction of water flow
L is the equivalent length of pipe and is changed through 45° or more, shall be calculated
fittings, in metres. using an equivalent length and applying the formula
specified in G.1. The appropriate equivalent length
The values of C to be used in sprinkler
to be used shall be one of following:
installation and water supply calculations shall
be as indicated in table T G.1.1a. a) as specified by the equipment manufacturer;
tested in a laboratory which is accepted by
Table T G.1.1a: C values for various types the authorities;
of pipe
b) as taken from Table T G.1.4a, provided that
Type of pipe Value of C it is no lower than a).
Cast iron 100 If there is a bend, tee or cross where there is
Ductile iron 110 a change in direction of flow and there is also
Mild steel 120 a change in diameter at the same point, the
Galvanised steel 120
Spun cement 130
equivalent pipe length and pressure loss shall be
Stainless steel 140 expressed in pipe length of the smaller diameter.
Reinforced glass fibre 140
G.1.5 Accuracy of calculations
The pressure loss due to velocity may be ignored.
Calculations shall be carried out with the
G.1.2 Static pressure difference accuracy of measurements given in Table T
G.1.5a. Furthermore the following degree of
The static pressure difference between two accuracy for calculations shall be adhered to:
inter-connecting points in a system shall be
– the algebraic sum of pressure loss in a loop
calculated from:
shall equal 0 mbar +/− 1 mbar;

108 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


ANNEX G

– where the water flows join together at a increase in the direction of flow of water to any
junction, the calculation shall be balanced to sprinkler.
within 1 mbar;
– the algebraic sum of water flow at a junction G.2.1.2 Range pipe sizes and the maximum
shall equal 0 l/min +/− 0.1 l/min. number of sprinklers fed by each size of pipe in the
range shall be as specified in Tables T G.2.4.1a and
G.2 Pre-calculated systems G.2.4.1b, except in the case of Light Hazard, where
Table T G.2.31a specifies only the pipes feeding the
G.2.1 General last three or four sprinklers on each range.
G.2.1.1 Pipe sizes shall be determined partly
from the following tables and partly from G.2.1.3 The size of all pipes upstream of each
hydraulic calculations. Pipe diameters shall not design point shall be calculated as specified

Table T G.1.4a: Equivalent length of fittings and valves

Fittings and valves Equivalent length of steel straight pipe for a C value of 120°
m
Nominal diameter (mm)
20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250
90° screwed elbow 0.63 0.77 1.04 1.22 1.46 1.89 2.37 3.04 3.67 4.30 5.67 7.42
(standard)
90° welded elbow (r/d=1.5) 0.30 0.36 0.49 0.56 0.69 0.88 1.10 1.43 1.72 2.00 2.64 3.35
45° screwed elbow 0.34 0.40 0.55 0.66 0.76 1.02 1.27 1.61 1.96 2.30 3.05 3.89
(standard)
Standard screwed tee or 1.25 1.54 2.13 2.44 2.91 3.81 4.75 6.10 7.36 8.61 11.34 14.85
cross (flow through branch)
Gate valve - straight way - - - - 0.38 0.51 0.63 0.81 0.97 1.13 1.50 1.97
Alarm or back pressure valve - - - - 2.42 3.18 3.94 5.07 6.12 7.17 9.40 12.30
(swinging type)
Alarm or back pressure valve - - - - 12.08 18.91 19.71 25.46 30.67 35.88 47.27 61.85
(mushroom type)
Butterfly valve - - - - 2.19 2.86 3.55 4.56 5.47 6.38 8.62 9.90
Globe valve - - - - 16.43 21.64 26.80 34.48 41.64 48.79 64.29 84.11
These equivalent lengths can be converted as necessary for pipes with other C values by multiplying by the
following factors:
C value 100 110 120 130 140
Factor 0.714 0.850 1.000 1.160 1.330

Table T G.1.5a: Accuracy of hydraulic calculations

Quantity Unit Round to


Length m 0.01
Height m 0.01
Equivalent length m 0.01
Flow l/min 1.00
Pressure loss mbar/m 1.00
Pressure mbar 1.00
Velocity m/s -0.10
Area m2 0.01
Density of water application mm/min 0.10

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 109

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

in G.2.3.2 for Light Hazard and G.2.4.2 for G.2.2.2 In Light Hazard installations the design
Ordinary Hazard. point shall be located downstream of the
sprinkler identified in Table T G.2.2.3a column
G.2.1.4 Risers or drops, connecting 3.
distribution pipes to ranges, and pipes G.2.2.3 In Ordinary and High Hazard
connecting single sprinklers, other than arm installations the design point shall be located
pipes, shall be considered as distribution pipes downstream of the junction of distribution
and sized accordingly. pipes and range pipes in accordance with
Table T G.2.2.3b column 3.
G.2.2 Location of Design Points Where the number of sprinklers on one array
in a room, or on a single distribution pipe, is
G.2.2.1 The design point shall be located at the less than or equal to the number of sprinklers
point of connection of a horizontal distribution for which the distribution pipes are designed,
pipe to one of the following: indicated in Table T G.2.2.3b column 2, the
– a range pipe; design point shall be positioned downstream of
the point of connection to the distribution pipe
– a riser or drop connecting ranges to distribution
of the range or the array hydraulically nearest
pipes; to the control valve set.
– a pipe feeding a single sprinkler. NOTE 1: figure F Hb illustrates typical range pipe
The maximum number of sprinklers downstream arrays.
of each design point is specified in Tables T NOTE 2: examples of pie layouts with the
G.2.2.3a and T G.2.2.3b The design point is appropriate design points are given in Figure F Hc
located by counting from the hydraulically most for LH, Figure F Hd for OH and Figures F He, F Hf
remote sprinkler in the array. and F Hg for HHP and HHS.

Table T G.2.2.3a: Location of design points


– T G.2.2.3a

Hazard class Number of sprinklers Location of design point downstream of nth sprinkler
on a range, in a room where n is
LH ≤3 3
≥4 4

Table T G.2.2.3b: Location of design points - OH, HHP and HHS

Hazard Number of sprinklers on a Location of design point Range layout


class distribution pipe, on a distribution pipe
in a room junction to a range
holding nth sprinkler
where n is
OH > 16 17 two end-side
HHP and > 18 19 all except two end-side all
HHS > 48 49

110 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


ANNEX G

G.2.3 Light Hazard LH using the values in Tables T G.2.3.2a and


T G.2.3.3a
G.2.3.1 The size of range pipes, and terminal
distribution pipes downstream of the design G.2.3.3 If there are more than 2 sprinklers
point shall be as given in T G.2.3.1a. on a range pipe, the pressure loss between
It is permitted to install a 25  mm diameter the 2 sprinkler point and the distribution pipe
pipe between the design point and the control shall be determined by using the pressure loss
valve set if a hydraulic calculation shows this given in column 2 of Table T G.2.3.3.a. The
to be possible. However, if the 2 sprinkler pressure loss in the distribution pipe between
point is the decisive one, a 25 mm pipe shall this connection and the control valve set shall
not be installed between the 3rd and 4th be determined by the pressure loss per metre
sprinkler. given in column 3 of Table T G.2.3.3.a.

G.2.3.2 All pipework between the main control NOTE: figure F Hc shows an example of pipe
valve set and the design point at each extremity layout in LH with design points from which the
of an array shall be sized by hydraulic calculation piping shall be fully calculated.

Table T G.2.3.1a: Range pipe diameters for LH installations

Pipes Nominal pipe size Maximum number of sprinklers


mm on range pipes
All range pipes and terminal 20 1
distribution pipes 25 3

Table T G.2.3.2a: Maximum friction loss between control valve set and any design point – LH

Number of sprinklers Maximum friction loss Range and distribution pipe


on a range or in a room including changes in direction loss, see:
(see Note to table)
bar
≤3 0.9 Table T G.2.3.3.a columns 2 and 3
≥4 0.7 Table T G.2.3.3.a column 3
≥ 3 in a single line, in a narrow room 0.7 Table T G.2.3.3.a column 3
or range at a roof apex
NOTE: in buildings with two or more floors, the pressure loss may be increased on each floor by an amount equivalent to the static pressure
between the level of the sprinklers concerned and the level of the sprinklers on the highest floor.

Table T G.2.3.3a: Pressure loss for design flow rates in LH installations

Nominal pipe size Loss of pressure in pipe


Column 1 Column 2 (100 l/min) Column 3 (225 l/min)
25 44.00 198.00
32 12.00 52.00
40 5.50 25.00
50 1.70 7.80
65 0.44 2.00

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 111

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

G.2.4 Ordinary Hazard - OH G.2.4.2 The pipe diameters between the


design point in the most remote area of the
G.2.4.1 For range and distribution pipes, installation and the control valve set shall be
the dimensions given Table T G.2.4.1a and calculated to ensure that the total pressure
T G.2.4.1b shall be used. loss due to friction with a flow of 1000 l/min
When the ranges run longitudinally under roofs does not exceed 0.5 bar, except modified in
sloping at an angle of more than 6°, the number G.2.4.3 and G.2.4.4.
of sprinklers on a range pipe shall not exceed 6.
G.2.4.3 In buildings with a number of floors,
The use of 65 mm diameter pipe between
or where there are a number of different levels,
the design points and the control valve set is
e.g.: platforms or lean-to’s, the 0.5 bar loss in
permitted provided that a hydraulic calculation
pressure from the design point on each floor
shows this to be possible.
may be increased by an amount equivalent to
NOTE: figure F Hd gives an example of a pipe layout the static pressure due to the height difference
in OH with the appropriate design points from which between the highest level and the floor
the pipe diameters shall be fully calculated. concerned.

Table T G.2.4.1a: Range pipe diameters for OH installations


Range pipes Layout Diameter Maximum number
mm of sprinklers fed
Ranges at remote end of 2 end-side layouts, last 25 1
all distribution pipes 2 ranges 32 2

3 end-side layouts, last 25 2


3 ranges 32 3

All other layouts, last 25 2


range 32 3
40 4
50 9
All other range pipes All 25 3
32 4
40 6
50 9

Table T G.2.4.1b: Distribution pipe diameters in OH installations

Distribution pipes Layout Diameter Maximum number


mm of sprinklers fed
At extremities of system 2 end-side 32 2
40 4
50 8
65 16

All others 32 3
40 6
50 9
65 18
Between design points All To be calculated in accordance with G.2.4.2
and the control valve set

112 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


ANNEX G

In these cases, the height difference between the G.2.5.2 For installations with water supplies
highest sprinkler level and the installation pressure with conform to the demands shown in
gauge shall be indicated on the completion Table  T  6.3.2a (first part) and with sprinklers
certificate, together with the pressure required having a K factor of 80, the pipe sizes for range
at the installation pressure gauge. pipes and distribution pipes shown in Tables T
G.2.5a and T G.2.5b shall apply.
G.2.4.4 Where the same system includes
both OH3 or OH4 and HHP or HHS areas, No more than 4 sprinklers shall be installed
all connected to a common water supply, on any range pipe. No range pipe shall be
the maximum friction loss of 0.5  bar may be connected to a distribution pipe exceeding
increased by 50% of the available extra pressure, 150  mm in diameter. 100  mm diameter pipe
as indicated in the following example for OH3. may be installed between the design points and
the control valve set if calculation shows this to
Example: be possible.
– Pressure required at the control valve set NOTE: figure F He gives an example of a pipe
excluding static pressure (Table T G.3.1a for layout in accordance with Tables T G.2.5a and
OH3) 1.4 bar T G.2.5b and design points from which the pipe
– Pressure difference due to the difference in diameters shall be fully calculated.
height between the highest sprinkler and the
control valve set 1.2 bar G.2.5.3 For installations with water supplies
which conform to the requirements shown in T
– Required pressure at the control valve set 6.3.2a (second part) and with sprinklers having
2.6 bar a K factor of 80, the pipe sizes for range pipes
– Pressure available at the control valve and distribution pipes shall be determined from
set for the flow appropriate in HH e.g. Tables T G.2.5.b and T G.2.5c.
6.0 bar
No more than 4 sprinklers shall be installed
– Extra pressure which may be used: on any range pipe. No range pipe shall be
50% of (6.0 - 2.6)= 1.7 bar connected to a distribution pipe exceeding
– The pipework shall be dimensioned to allow 150 mm in diameter. No distribution pipe less
for a maximum pressure loss of: than 65 mm diameter is permitted for 4 end-
0.5+1.7 (1 000/1 350)2 = 1.43 bar side systems. 150 mm diameter pipe may be
installed between the design points and the
control valve set if calculation shows this to be
G.2.5 High hazard - HHP and HHS
possible.
(except intermediate level
sprinklers) NOTE: figure F Hf gives an example of a pipe
layout in accordance with Tables T G.2.5b and
G.2.5.1 The pipe sizing depends upon: T G.2.5c and design points from which the pipe
diameters shall be fully calculated.
– the design density;
– the spacing of the sprinklers; G.2.5.4 For installations with water supplies
– the K factor of sprinkler used; which conform to the requirements shown in
Table T 6.3.2a (third part) and with sprinklers
– the pressure/flow characteristic of water supply. having a K factor of 80, and as shown in
No pipe shall have a nominal diameter of less Table  T  6.3.2a (forth part) with sprinklers
than 25 mm. having a K factor of 115, the pipe sizes for

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 113

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

range pipes and distribution pipes shown in G.2.5.5 The pressure loss between the
Tables T G.2.5c and T G.2.5d shall apply. design points and the control valve set shall be
determined by calculation. The pressure loss
In an end-side arrangement, no more than 6
with the flows shown in Table  T  6.3.2a, plus
sprinklers shall be fitted to any range pipe. In a two
the necessary pressure at the design point
end-centre layout, no more than 4 sprinklers shall
plus the static pressure equal to the height
be fitted to any range pipe. No range pipe shall
difference between the highest sprinkler and
be connected to a distribution pipe exceeding
the control valve set shall not exceed the
150  mm in diameter. No distribution pipe less
available pressure.
than 65 mm diameter shall be used for 4 end-side
systems. 150 mm diameter pipe may be installed Where the highest sprinkler is upstream of the
between the design points and the control valve design point, the portion requiring the higher
set if calculation shows this to be possible. static head shall have its own distribution
NOTE: figure F Hg gives an example of a pipe pipe.
layout in accordance with Tables T G.2.5c and NOTE: the pressure loss in the distribution pipes
T G.2.5d and design points from which the pipe feeding each section of the risk may be balanced
diameters shall be fully calculated. by suitably sizing the distribution pipe.

Table T G.2.5a: Range pipe diameters for HH installations with pressure and flow characteristics as given
in Table T 6.3.2a(first or second part)

Range pipes Layout Diameter Maximum number of


mm sprinklers fed by pipe
Ranges at remote end of 2 end-side layouts, last 25 1
all distribution pipes 2 ranges 32 2

3 end-side layouts, last 25 2


3 ranges 32 3

All other layouts, last 25 2


range 32 3
40 4
All other range pipes All layouts 25 3
32 4

Table T G.2.5b: Distribution pipe diameters downstream for the design point in HH installations with
pressure and flow characteristics as given in Table T 6.3.2a (first part)

Distribution pipes Diameter Maximum number of sprinklers


mm fed by distribution pipe
Pipes at extremities of system 32 2
40 4
50 8
65 12
80 18
100 48
Pipes between the design points To be calculated in accordance with G.2.5
and the control valve set

114 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


ANNEX G

Table T G.2.5c: Distribution pipe diameters downstream for the design point in HH installations with
pressure and flow characteristics as given in Table T 6.3.2a (second, third and forth part)

Distribution pipes Diameter Maximum number of sprinklers


mm fed by distribution pipe
Pipes at extremities of system 50 4
65 8
80 12
100 16
150 48
Pipes between the design points To be calculated in accordance with G.2.5
and the control valve set

Table T G.2.5d: Range pipe diameters for HH installations with pressure and flow characteristics as given
in Table T 6.3.2a (third or forth part)

Range pipes Layout Diameter Maximum number


mm of sprinklers fed by pipe
Ranges at remote en of all End-side, last 3 40 1
distribution pipes ranges 50 3
65 6

Other ranges 32 1
40 2
50 4
65 6
Ranges at remote end of all 2 end-centre, last 32 1
distribution pipes 3 ranges 40 2

Other ranges 32 2
All ranges 3 and 4 end-centre 32 1
40 2
50 4

G.3 Fully calculated systems communication, the density of discharge shall


be taken as the lowest value of the flow from
G.3.1 Density of discharge any sprinkler divided by the area covered by the
sprinkler.
The minimum density of discharge from each
area of operation, or the entire protected area, Additional sprinklers installed to balance
whichever is the smaller, containing the relevant obstructions by fixtures such as ventilation
group of four sprinklers with each water supply ducts, smaller platform, offices etc. may be
or supply combination available shall be not less ignored when calculating water rate and head,
than the design density specified in clause 6. provided that one area of operation does not
contain more than five additional sprinklers. In
Where possible the density of discharge shall
such a case, the sixth and any furthers sprinklers
be taken as the total flow in litres per minute
shall be considered in the hydraulic calculation.
from a group of four sprinklers which are
most closely adjacent, divided by the area in The area covered by each sprinkler shall be
square metres covered by the four sprinklers. defined by the centre lines drawn midway
Where fewer than four sprinklers are in open between adjacent sprinklers at right angles

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 115

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

to the line joining the sprinklers and by the range, or pair of ranges where there is an end-
boundary of the area covered (see figure F Hh). centre layout. Sprinklers not constituting a full
Where in-rack sprinklers are installed, the range or pair of ranges shall be grouped as
calculation shall be carried out taking into close as possible to the distribution pipe on the
account the simultaneous flow and pressure next up-stream range row to the rectangular
requirement for roof or ceiling sprinklers and area (see figures F Hi and F Hl);
the intermediate level sprinklers. b) in the case of gridded configurations where
ranges run parallel to the ridge of a roof
G.3.2 Locations of the area of operation having a slope greater than 6°, or along bays
formed by beams greater than 1.0 m deep,
G.3.2.1 Hydraulically most unfavourable the far side of the area shall have a length L
location parallel to the ranges, such that L is greater
Variations in sprinkler spacing, layout, elevation, than or equal to two times the square root
range centres, sprinkler orifice size and Pipe sizes, of the area of operation;
as well as all possible locations, whether on the c) in the case of all other gridded configurations
distribution pipes or between distribution pipes the far side of the area shall have a length L
where these are connected by range pipes, shall parallel to the ranges, such that L is greater
be considered when determining the hydraulically than or equal to 1.2 times the square root of
most unfavourable location of the area of the area of operation;
operation (see figures F Hi, F Hk and F Hl).
The area of operation shall be as far as possible
NOTE: proof of the correct position of the symmetrical with respect to the sprinkler layout
hydraulically most unfavourable area of operation (see figure F Hk).
in the case of gridded installations entails displacing
the area of operation by one sprinkler pitch in each G.3.3.2 Hydraulically most favourable
direction along ranges, and in the case of looped location
installations by one sprinkler pitch along distribution
pipes. The area of operation shall be as near as possible
square. The following shall be considered:
G.3.2.2 Hydraulically most favourable a) in the case of terminal and looped
location configurations, the area shall where possible
Include sprinklers on one distribution pipe
All possible locations, whether on the
only. The number of sprinklers calculated
distribution pipes, or between distribution
to be operating on ranges, or pairs of
pipes where these are connected by range
ranges in end-centre installations, shall be
pipes, shall be considered when determining
located on each range or pair of ranges at
the hydraulically most favourable location of the
the hydraulically most favourable Location.
area of operation (see figures F Hj to F Hl).
Sprinklers not forming a full range or pair
of ranges shall be located on the next range
G.3.3 Shape of the area of operation
row at the hydraulically closest locations
G.3.3.1 Hydraulically most unfavourable (see figures F Hj and F Hl);
location b) in the case of gridded configurations, the area
shall be located on ranges at the hydraulically
The area of operation shall be as near as possible
most favourable location. Sprinklers not
rectangular. The following shall be considered:
forming a full range length shall be located
a) in the case of terminal and looped configurations, on the next range row at the hydraulically
the far side of the area shall be defined by the closest locations (see figure F Hk).

116 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


ANNEX G

G.3.4 Minimum sprinkler discharge G.3.5 Minimum pipe diameters


pressure
The minimum allowable pipe diameter is 20 mm
The pressure at the hydraulically most unfavourably for LH and 25 mm for OH, HHP and HHS.
situated sprinkler when all the sprinklers in the Pipe diameters on the installation side of the
area of operation are open, shall be not less than control valve set may decrease only in the
that required by G.3.1 or the following in table T direction of water flow, except in the case of
G.3.4a, whichever is the higher. grid and loop configurations.
Table T G.3.4a: Minimum sprinkler discharge For installations with range pipes fed from one
pressure and minimum sprinkler K factor end, (see figures F Hi and F Hl) no 25 mm
diameter range pipe shall be fitted with more
Hazard class K factor Minimum
than 8 sprinklers.
minimum pressure
Bar For installations with ranges pipes fed from
LH 57 0.7 both ends, (see figure F Hk) no 25 mm
OH 80 0.35
diameter range pipe shall be fitted with more
than 16 sprinklers.
HHP/HHS roof or 80 0.5
ceiling protection Upright sprinklers may not be directly connected
HHP/HHS roof or 115 0.5 to any pipe with a diameter greater than
ceiling protection 65 mm. Pendent sprinklers may not be directly
HHP/HHS roof or 160 0.5 connected to any pipe with a diameter greater
ceiling protection than 80 mm. For larger diameters an armpipe
In-racks sprinkler 80 2
shall be fitted so that the minimum distance
from the sprinkler deflector to the edge of the
In-racks sprinkler 115 1
main pipe is 1.5 times the diameter of this pipe.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 117

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

ANNEX H (INFORMATIVE)
Figures with examples

Nominal pump flow

100%
Most Maximum demand flow
unfavourable
area

70%
Most
favourable
area

Q
100% 140%

Figure F Ha: Typical pump curve (see 9.7)

118 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


ANNEX H

a) Two end-side with central feed b) Three end-side with end feed

c) Three end-centre with central feed d) Two end-centre with end feed

Figure F Hb: Examples of range pipe arrays (see G.2.2)

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 119

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

NOTE 1: pressure loss between supply point and:

K
— A (2 sprinkler point) = 0.7 bar
— B (3 sprinkler point) = 0.7 bar
— C, D, E, F, G, H, J and K (2 sprinkler point) = 0.9 bar
NOTE 2: dimensions shown as <25> or <32> indicate
probable pipe sizes resulting from calculation
25 20

25
25

25
25 20
<25>

J
<25>
20

20
<25>
25 20
<32>
<32>

20

20

20
G

25

25
25
20

<32> <32> <32>


<32>

20
D

25
20

20
25

<32>

25
20

<25>
25

25

<25>

<25>
C
25

<32>
B
A

25

<25>

<25>
20
<25>

<32>
<25>

<32>

<32>

<32> <32> <32> <32>

Supply point

Figure F Hc: Example of application of design points in an LH installation (see G.2.2)

120 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


ANNEX H

Figure F Hd: Example of application of design points in an OH installation (see G.2.2)

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 121

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

48 sprinkler point

Distribution pipe spur

Installation control valve set


48 sprinkler point

Figure F He: Example of application of design points in an HH installation with pipework sized from
Tables T G.2.5a and T G.2.5b

122 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


ANNEX H

48 sprinkler point

Distribution pipe spur

Installation control valve set


48 sprinkler point

Figure F Hf: Example of application of design points in an HH installation with pipework sized from
Tables T G.2.5a and T G.2.5c

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 123

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

48 sprinkler point

Distribution pipe spur

Installation control valve set


48 sprinkler point

Figure F Hg: Example of application of design points in an HH installation with pipework sized from
Tables T G.2.5c and T G.2.5d

124 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


ANNEX H

Figure F Hh: Determination of area covered Figure F Hj: Most favourable areas of operation in
per sprinkler (see G.3.1) one-sided and two-sided pipe layouts (see G.3.2)

Figure F Hi: Most unfavourable areas of operation in one-sided and two-sided pipe layouts (see G.3.3.1)

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 125

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

Most unfavourable area

Four sprinklers under consideration

Most favourable area

Elevation Riser

Figure F Hk: Most favourable and unfavourable areas of operation in a gridded pipe layout (see G.3)

Most unfavourable area

Riser
Most favourable area
Elevation
Four sprinklers under consideration

Figure F Hl: Most favourable and unfavourable areas of operation in a looped pipe layout (see G.3)

126 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


ANNEX I (INFORMATIVE)

ANNEX I (INFORMATIVE)
Approved components e) water flow detectors;
Components subject to approval include, but f) pipe couplings;
are not necessarily limited to: g) pipe hangers;
a) sprinklers; h) pressure switches;
b) wet alarm valve assemblies; i) sprinkler pumpsets;
c) dry alarm valve assemblies; j) preaction alarm valve assemblies Type A;
d) alarm motors and gongs; k) preaction alarm valve assemblies Type B.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 127

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

ANNEX J (INFORMATIVE)
New technology These sprinklers should only be used in
These rules cover only the types of sprinkler accordance with the results of large scale fire
specified in Table T 12.2.1a and annex L. During test data and where the design criteria are fully
the years preceding the preparation of these rules acceptable to the authorities involved.
new technologies were being developed for special It is intended that they will be included in future
applications, including in particular the following: editions of these rules.
– large drop sprinklers;
– residential sprinklers.

128 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


ANNEX K

ANNEX K having multiple row or garment racks at two


or more levels. They may have automatic or
Protection of Special Hazards semi-automatic garment delivery, picking or
National requirements shall be taken into transportation systems. Access to elevated
consideration. The following product examples garment storage levels within a warehouse is
need special consideration. usually by walkways and ramps. A common
feature of hanging garment storage is that
K.1 Aerosols there is no fire separation between the decks.
Walkways, aisles, ramps and garment racks
Protection for aerosol storages shall be in create a significant obstruction to ceiling level
accordance with table T K.1a. sprinkler protection. Protection of hanging
Precautions shall be taken to avoid projection garments stored in carousels or vertical blocks
of aerosol containers. without aisles is beyond the scope of this
annex.
The maximum area of aerosol storage and
any containment shall be considered and the
K.2.2 Categorization
authorities shall be consulted.
This annex applies to all types of garments,
K.2 Clothes in multiple irrespective of their storage category.
garment hanging storage
K.2.3 Sprinkler protection
K.2.1 General
Each garment rack shall be limited to two rows
This annex describes special provisions for the of hanging garments (side by side) and a storage
protection of intensive hanging garment stores height of 3.5 m between intermediate levels of

Table T K.1a: Protection criteria for aerosol storage

Maximum Sprinkler K Minimum Area of


storage height factor density operation
m mm/min m2
Aerosol contents
alcohol hydrocarbon
based based
ST1 Free standing 1.5 - 115 12.5 260
storage 160
- 1.5 115 25.0 300
160
ST4 Palletized rack Maximum vertical height 12.5 plus 260
storage between sprinkler rows in-rack
m sprinklers
1.8 - 115/160 (see note 1) 12.5 260
80/115 (see note 2) (see note 3)
- 1.8 115/160 (see note 1) 25.0 300
80/115 (see note 2) (see note 3)
NOTE 1: ceiling sprinkler protection.
NOTE 2: intermediate level sprinkler protection.
NOTE 3: intermediate level sprinkler protection shall be installed in accordance with Category III or IV layout but at the maximum vertical height
separations between sprinkler rows given in columns 2 and 3.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 129

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

sprinklers. Each rack shall be separated by an K.2.5 Ceiling sprinklers


aisle of at least 0.8 m width. The garment racks
shall be protected by a single row of sprinklers. Ceiling sprinklers shall be designed for a
The spacing between the sprinkler rows shall density of 7.5  mm/min over an area of
not exceed 3.0 m. operation of 260 m2, providing the uppermost
level of racks is capped and protected by rack
The sprinklers installed directly above the
sprinklers.
garment racks shall be stagger spaced in the
vertical plane, at horizontal intervals of not If the uppermost level or the capping is omitted,
more than 2.8 m along the length of the rack. the ceiling sprinklers shall be designed on the
There shall be a sprinkler not more than 1.4 m basis at least of Category III goods. The stack
from the rack end. The clearance between the height shall be measured from above the
top of the garments and the sprinkler deflector uppermost intermediate level sprinklers to the
shall be at least 0.15 m. top of the hanging garments.
Each sprinkler row protecting garment storage
racks should be capped by a continuous solid K.2.6 Automatic shutdown
horizontal baffle of at least the length and
width of the garment row. The baffle should Operation of the sprinkler system shall
preferably be of a non-combustible material. automatically stop all automatic distribution
systems within a warehouse.
The upper level of sprinkler rack protection and
baffle may be omitted providing the clearance K.2.7 Control valve set
between the top of the garments and the
deflectors of the ceiling sprinklers does not All installations shall be of the wet pipe type.
exceed 3 m height.
Sprinklers shall be installed below all access ramps, K.3 Flammable
main aisles, walkways and transportation routes, liquid storage
with the exception of aisles, not exceeding 1.2 m
wide, between sprinkler protected garment The maximum area of flammable liquid storage
storage rows. and any containment shall be considered and
the authorities shall be consulted.
K.2.4 Sprinklers in operation
The use of a film forming foam and wetting
The number of rack sprinklers assumed to agent is recommended.
operate shall be as follows:
Flammable liquids shall be classified into four
Rows: 3 classes according to their flash point (FP), as
Levels: 3 shown in tables T K.3a, T K.3b and T K.3c.
Sprinklers per row: 3 Tables T K.3a and T K.3b shall be used for
flammable liquids stored in non-pressurized
Where there are more than 3 levels of
metal drums with a capacity greater than 20 l
sprinkler protection, 3 rows of 3 sprinklers on
but not greater than 208 l.
3 protected levels shall be assumed to operate.
Where there are 3 levels or less, 3 rows of 3 Table T K.3c shall be used for flammable liquids
sprinklers should be assumed to operate on all stored in non-pressurized metal drums with a
protected levels. capacity not greater than 20 l.

130 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


ANNEX K

Table T K.3a: Flammable liquids in metal drums (ST1) with a capacity > 20 l and ≤ 208 l

Class Properties Storage Permitted Ceiling sprinklers


°C methods storage
Density Area of
mm/min operation
m2
1 FP ≥ 100 on side 12 drums high 10 450
on end 6 drums high
2 FP < 100 on side 6 drums high 25 450
on end 2 drums high
3 FP < 55 on side 3 drums high 25 450
on end 1 drums high
4 FP < 21 on side or on end 1 drum high 25 450

Table T K.3b: Flammable liquids in metal drums (ST4) with a capacity > 20 l and ≤ 208 l

Class Properties Storage Intermediated Ceiling sprinklers


°C methods sprinkler level in
Density Area of
figure F 11.5.1b
mm/ operation
configuration
min m2
1 FP > 100 on side each 12th tier 10 450
on end each 6th tier 10
2 FP < 100 on side each 6th tier 25 450
on end each tier 10
3 FP < 55 on side each 3rd tier 25 450
on end each tier 10
4 FP < 21 on side or on end each tier 25 450
NOTE 1: Horizontal distance between sprinklers shall not exceed 1.9 m.
NOTE 2: Drums shall be stored at a height of one drum per tier.

Table T K.3c: Flammable liquids in metal drums (ST1,ST5,ST6) with a capacity of maximum 20 l

Class Properties Storage Maximum Ceiling sprinklers


°C methods storage height
Density Area of
mm/min operation
m2
1 FP ≥ 100 ST1 5.5 10 450
ST5/6 4.6 7.5
2 FP < 100 ST1 4.0 12.5 450
ST5/6 4.6
3 FP < 55 ST1 1.5 12.5 450
ST5/6 2.1
4 FP < 21 ST1 1.5 12.5 450
ST5/6 2.1

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 131

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

K.4 Pallets - idle sprinklers shall be installed with a density of


15  mm/min over an area of operation of
ldle pallets stored in solid piles or on pallets shall 360 m2.
be protected with ceiling sprinklers according
to table T K.4a. Pallets stored in racks shall be NOTE 1: drainage or bounding should be provided
protected with ceiling and in-rack sprinklers to limit the spread of liquid spills.
according to table T K.4b. NOTE 2: for the purposes of this standard,
spirituous liquor is defined as that containing more
K.5 Spirituous liquors than 20% alcohol.
in wooden barrels

Barrels may be stored to a height not


K.6 Non-woven synthetic fabric
exceeding 4.6  m with ceiling sprinklers only. K.6.1 Free standing storage
For greater storage heights in – rack sprinklers
shall be installed in accordance with Category Ceiling sprinklers shall be installed using the
III/IV requirements. In both cases the ceiling criteria shown in table T K.6.1a.

Table T K.4a: Protection of solid piled or palletized pallets

Type of pallet Maximum storage height m Ceiling sprinkler


Wood and cellulose 3.8 see table T 6.2.2a Category IV
material pallets
Non-expanded high 3.8 see table T 6.2.2a Category IV, with sprinkler
density polyethylene rated at 93°C or 100°C
pallets with solid deck
All other plastic pallets 3.3 25 mm/min over 300 m2
3 20 mm/min over 300 m2
2.7 17.5 mm/min over 300 m2
2.3 15 mm/min over 300 m2
2 12.5 mm/min over 300 m2
1.6 10 mm/min over 300 m2

Table T K.4b: Protection of rack storage of pallets (ST4)

Type of pallet In-rack sprinklers Ceiling sprinkler


Wood and cellulose Category IV As for Category IV, with sprinkler rated at
material pallets. Non- configuration 93°C or 100°C
expanded high density (see table T 6.2.2a or T 6.2.3.2a)
polyethylene pallets with
solid deck
All other plastic pallets Category IV configuration, 25 mm/min over 300 m2
including one level of sprinklers
above top level of storage,
sprinklers with
K=115 and minimum operating
pressure of 3 bar

132 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


ANNEX K

Table T K.6.1a: Non-woven synthetic fabric: design criteria with roof or ceiling protection only

Storage Maximum storage Minimum design Area of operation


methods height density mm/min (wet or pre-action
(see note 1) system (see note 2))
m2
ST1 1.6 10.0 260
Free standing or block 2.0 12.5
stacking 2.3 15.0
2.7 17.5
3.0 20.0 300
3.3 22.5
3.6 25.0
3.8 27.5
4.1 30.0
NOTE 1: the vertical distance from the floor to the sprinkler deflectors, minus 1 m, or the highest value shown in the table, whichever is the lower.
NOTE 2: dry and alternate installations should be avoided.

K.6.2 Rack storage Consideration shall be given to the influence of


the stored goods and any packaging materials on
In-rack sprinklers should be used in accordance
water permeability.
with Category IV requirements. Ceiling sprinklers
should have a minimum design density of The maximum horizontal distance of the
12.5 mm/min over 260 m2. sprinklers in intermediate levels for category
HHS 4 shall not exceed 1.5  m and 2.5  m for
category HHS3. Sprinklers shall have the
K.7 Special requirements sensitivity rating “Special” at the ceiling and
for protection of storage “Special” or “Quick” in intermediate levels.
utilising Polypropylene The maximum storage height for racks without
(PP) and Polyethylene (PE) intermediate sprinklers shall not exceed 2.1 m
storage containers
for HHS 3 and 1.2 m for HHS 4.
K.7.1 Storage methods ST4 – Palletised
rack K.7.2 Storage methods ST1 - free or
block standing - ST2 and ST3 -
Polypropylene and Polyethylene storage post pallet storage
containers having a single wall, through which
water can permeate (1) shall be classified as high The maximum storage height shall not exceed
hazard category III (HHS3). “Sprinklers shall 3 m.
have the sensitivity rating “Special” or “Quick” Only non-combustible pallets with closed
(see note 1 table T 12.5.1a). surface like steel pallets shall be used. The
NOTE 1: containers shall be assumed to be water storage height on each pallet shall not exceed
permeable if the head of water collected in the 1 m. The top storage containers on the pallet
container does not exceed 10  mm for a water shall be closed with a lid.
discharge into the container, equivalent to 20 mm/
The sprinklers shall have the sensitivity rating
min. (Storage containers with 5  mm diameter
“Special”.
drainage holes uniformly distributed at not less
than 50 holes/m2 of container plan area, may Film-forming foam and wetting agents shall be
satisfy the above water permeability requirements). added to the water of the sprinkler system.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 133

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

NOTE: if other sprinkler protection concepts K.9 Protection of racks with


are demonstrated by appropriate fire tests as solid shelves and gangways
adequate protection the above requirements can storing plastic boxes
be adapted.
This section covers the protection of racks with
K.8 Special requirements for solid shelves and gangways. The gangways shall
the protection of mobile be solid. A gap of 0.1 m is allowed between the
shelving with ceiling or rack and the gangway for ventilation purposes.
roof-level sprinkler only This concept is based on fire tests and shows one
possible solution to provide adequate protection.
This annex includes mobile shelving with the top
open or closed. Perforated tops are preferred. K.9.1 Sprinkler arrangement in rack
Only Category I or II products shall be stored in
mobile shelving. Sprinklers shall be arranged under the gangways
at the outside of the racks at a distance of approx.
The height of the mobile shelving protected 0.15 m from the face of the racks (see figure F K.9.1a).
by ceiling or roof-level sprinkler only shall be The horizontal sprinkler distance parallel to the rack
limited to 3 m. and along the gangway shall be 1.8 m max. with one
The clearance between the top of the mobile sprinkler min. between two rack posts. The figure
shelving units and the sprinkler deflectors shall F K.9.1a shows the sprinkler arrangement.
not be less than 0.5 m. The sprinklers shall have the following
The area of each block of closed (compressed) characteristics:
mobile shelving shall not exceed 150 m2. There – spray sprinklers
shall be aisles of at least 1.2 m surrounding each
block of mobile shelving in either the closed or – K-factor min. 57
open (uncompressed) condition. – RTI-value quick
When the mobile shelves are closed – upright
(compressed), each shelf unit shall close against
Furthermore, baffles or water shields for the
hard tops, which shall maintain a space of at
sprinklers shall be installed to avoid cooling (see
least 50 mm between adjacent shell units.
11.3) and to protect them against dripping plastics.
The water density at the ceiling protection shall
be in accordance with the specification (see
chapter 6) with a minimum of 10 mm/min.
0.15
For rooms with a floor area less than 150 m2 the
density given in a table T K.8a shall be applied:
gangway
gap for
ventilation

Table T K.8a: Density for mobile shelving – in


room less than 150 m2
sprinkler

Maximum Density
room height (mm/min)
(m)
≥ 1.2 m
3 7.5
2.6 5 Figure F K.9.1a: Typical layout of racks
with solid shelves and gang ways

134 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


ANNEX K

The hydraulic design of rack protection shall K.10.2 Design data of sprinkler systems
consider the following parameters: for recycling plants
– area of operation of 90 m2 for each level in A sprinkler system shall be used for:
addition to the ceiling protection
– free pile storage;
– 0.5 bar minimum pressure at sprinkler
– bale storage (compressed plastic);
K.9.2 Ceiling protection – sorting area;

The ceiling protection shall have the following The following equipment should be protected
characteristics: by an additional water extinguishing system
(sprinkler or deluge system):
– design: 10 mm/min over 260 m2
– material storage bunker;
– K-factor min. 80
– comminuting systems (e.g. shredders, mills);
– RTI-value special or quick
– drying systems;
– protection area per sprinkler max. 9 m2
– silo systems.
K.9.3 Additional measures The maximum storage heights for bulk storage
and bale storage are given in table T K.10.2a
Foam proportioning with AFFF foam for rack
and the design data in table T K.10.2b.
and ceiling protection shall be provided.
For local protection of the equipment present in
For limiting horizontal fire spread vertical non
the sorting area a density of discharge of 7.5 mm/
combustible sheet barriers shall be installed
min is required. Special or quick response
within one double rack line and at a maximum
sprinklers shall be used.
distance of every 7 m.

Table T K.10.2a: Maximum bulk


K.10 Plastic Packaging Recycling and bale storage heights
Plants
Max. Max. room
storage height
K.10.1 General height
This concept is based on fire tests and shows Bulk storage 5.0 m 9 m
one possible solution to provide an adequate Bale storage 4.0 m 9 m
protection.
The different areas of plastic packaging
Table T K.10.2b: Design data for sprinkler
recycling plants shall be protected by sprinkler systems for bulk and bale storage
or deluge systems according to the amount
of combustible loading available. Pneumatic Density of discharge 17.5 mm/min
conveyor equipment may require additional Area of operation 260 m2 wet system
protection by spark extinguishing systems. As 325 m2 dry system
the fire extinguishing of bulk and bale storage Sprinkler sensitivity ‘quick’
requires additional clearing and follow-up
Extinguishing agent water with film-forming
extinguishing measures, it is necessary to have foam
direct alarm transmission to a permanently
Time of operation
manned station.
Water supply 90 min
The protection concept should be agreed with
the authorities during the planning stage. Foam supply 60 min

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 135

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

If dry pipe systems are required for the NOTE: Alternatively to sprinkler protection
protection of bulk and bale storage, it shall be according to section K10.2, bulk and bale storage
ensured that an opening of the test fitting at the may be protected by a deluge system with a density
end of the pipework induces the discharge of of discharge of 17.5 mm/min and a proportioning
water after 20 s at the latest. of film-forming foam, provided that the storage
heights are in accordance with table T K.10.2a.
K.10.3 Design data of deluge systems in
recycling plants K.10.4 Area of operation for deluge
systems
A deluge system shall be used for enclosed
mechanical conveyor equipment such as long The area protected by one deluge installation
belt, chain and spiral or vibratory conveyors shall be not less than 100  m2 except rooms
with a density of discharge of 7.5 mm/min. with an area of less than 200  m2. The water

1. Total area of operation = G2 + G3

Location of the fire


7m 7m 7m 7m

7m

Area protected by one deluge installation

2. Total area of operation = G1 + G2 + G3 + G4

Location of the fire

7m

Area protected by one deluge installation

Figure F K.10.4a: Area of operation for deluge systems

136 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


ANNEX K

supply shall be capable to supply the total area Dry installations are not permitted.
of operation. The total area of operation shall Only wet system without antifreeze solution is
be found by assuming a fire at the borderline permitted.
between adjacent areas protected by different
deluge installations. All areas are to be supplied Typical rubber tyre storage layouts are the
at the same time which is touched by a radius followings:
of 7  m from the most unfavourable possible
location of a fire.
Upon triggering of the deluge system,
the conveyor and screening equipment
of the appropriate area shall be disabled
automatically.
The water demand for the local protection
equipment in the operating areas shall be
hydraulically taken into account.

K.10.5 Monitoring of sprinkler or deluge


system Figure F K.11.1a: On-side storage

The sprinkler or deluge systems shall be


monitored for operational availability.

K.10.6 Spark extinguishing systems


in recycling plants
A spark extinguishing system (CEA 4033) shall
be used for pneumatic conveyor equipment for
waste material and dust (e.g. baling presses,
filter systems, air separators, press waste
Figure F K.11.1b: On-tread storage
container station).

K.11 Rubber tyres


K .11.1 General
The design criteria given in this annex are
applicable for storage types ST1, ST2 and ST3.
The design criteria for ST2 and ST3 are
applicable if the bottom of portable racks is
open. Bottom will be considered as open if the
open surface represents no less than 70%.
For ST4 storage on tread or laced, in-rack
sprinklers might be necessary, authority shall be
consulted.
The design criteria are defined according to the
layout of tyres in the type of storage and the
storage height. Figure F K.11.1c: Laced Storage

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 137

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

K.11.2 Requirements with ceiling K.11.2.2 On-side, on-tread storage


protection with spray sprinklers and laced (ST1, ST2 and ST3)
K.11.2.1 On-side storage See Table T 11.2.2a.
(ST1, ST2, ST3 and ST4)
K.11.3 Requirements with ceiling
The design density and the area of operation protection with ESFR sprinklers
for storage of rubber tyre stored on-side shall All other requirements of the present edition
refer to the value given by T 6.2.2a considering which are not specified in this annex must be
category HHS 4. applied, especially annex L regarding ESFR
sprinkler protection. See Table T 11.3a.

Table T K.11.2.2a: Design data for on-side, on-tread and laced storage

Maximum storage Maximum ceiling Minimum design Area of operation m2


height m heigt m density mm/min
1.601 4.60 7.5 260
3.001 6 17.5 260
6.002 10.5 353 300
Note 1: Spray sprinklers rated 68°C or higher temperature (max 141°C)
Note 2: Spray sprinklers k: 242 rated 141°C, standard response.
Note 3: If foam additive is used, this density might be revised without being under 25 mm/min – consult authority.

Table T K.11.3a: Design data with ESFR Sprinklers for ST2 and ST3 configuration

Type of Maximum ceiling height 9.1 m Maximum ceiling height 12.2 m


configu- (see note 1) (see note 1)
ration
(ST2 and Maximum Minimum sprinkler Maximum Minimum sprinkler
ST3) storage operating pressure storage height operating pressure
height (bar) m (bar)
m (see note 2)
(see note 2)
K-200 K-360 K-200 K-360

On side, on 7.5 NA 2.8 7.5 NA 2.8


tread or laced 8.1 NA 5.2 8.75 NA 5.2
1.7 (NA for building
Only on side 7.5 3.5 1.0 7.5 5.2
above 10.7 m)
Note 1: The ceiling height shall be taken as the maximum vertical distance measured from the floor to the underside of the ceiling or roof deck
Note 2: The vertical distance from the floor to the sprinkler deflector minus 1 m or the value shown in table, whichever is the lower
NA: Not applicable

138 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


ANNEX L

ANNEX L L.1.3 ESFR sprinklers


ESFR sprinklers shall be quick (thermal) response
Early suppression fast response sprinkler
and have one of the following temperature ratings:
systems
Bulbs: 68°C
L.1 General 93°C
Fusible element: 68 to 74°C
L.1.1 Scope
93 to 104°C
This annex specifies design and installation The higher temperature ratings shall only be
requirements for Early Suppression Fast Response used where needed because of high ambient
(ESFR) sprinkler systems. ESFR sprinklers are quick temperature conditions.
acting high performance sprinklers which have the
The nominal K factor of ESFR sprinklers shall be
capability of extinguishing fires within designated
between 200 and 360.
risks. There is little room for error in the design
and installation of ESFR sprinkler systems; the In addition to the design criteria specified in table
design principles and the operating characteristics L1, it shall be ensured that the type of ESFR sprinkler
are significantly different from standard sprinkler (pendent or upright) used is installed according to
protection. ESFR sprinklers may not succeed with its approval conditions (storage height, max ceiling
adverse design features and non-compliances, height, classification of goods…).
which may be common practice when installing
standard sprinkler protection. It is therefore L.1.4 Application
essential that all the requirements of this annex
L.1.4.1 The following clauses of the CEA non-
are complied with, without exception, when
binding standards for Automatic Sprinkler Systems
applying ESFR protection.
- Design and Installation are not applicable for ESFR
With the exception of the clauses identified at sprinkler protection: 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4.1, 8.3.2.1,
L.1.4.1, all the requirements of the CEA 4001 8.3.2.2, 10.1.2, 10.2, 10.3, 10.4, 10.5, 11.1.2, 11.2,
are applicable when installing ESFR sprinklers. 11.3, 11.4.1, 11.4.2, 11.4.4, 11.4.5, 11.4.6, 11.4.7,
Preliminary agreement of the authorities is 11.4.9, 11.4.10, 11.4.12, 11.4.13, 11.5, 12.2, 12.4,
essential before selecting ESFR sprinklers to be 12.5, 12.6, 12.8, 12.9.
used in a sprinkler installation.
L.1.4.2 Storage configurations
EFSR sprinklers are mainly used if in-racks
sprinkler cannot be installed for technical reasons. L1.4.2.1 Flue spaces
NOTE: preliminary design considerations shall be Storages should have longitudinal and transverse
carried out to determine if the building construction flues, which are:
is suitable for the use of ESFR sprinklers. a) continuous for the full height of each block
of storage;
L.1.2 Definitions
b) vertically aligned;
Sprinkler, ESFR pattern:
c) free of stored goods;
Nozzle with a thermo sensitive sealing device
which opens to discharge water, distributing it in L1.4.2.2 Storage methods ST1, ST2, ST3, ST4,
a specified pattern, with sufficient momentum, ST5 and ST6
over a designated area to achieve suppression Storages methods ST2, ST3 and ST4 shall
of a fire or inhibit growth when connected to have flue spaces regularly spaced and having
the appropriate piping and water supplies. dimensions as follows:

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 139

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

(1) transverse flues shall be at least 0.08 m width a) have a slope not exceeding 170 mm/m;
and shall be spaced at distances of not more b) are continuous and have no permanent
than 3.0 m (see Figure F L.1.4.2.2a); and opening;
(2) longitudinal flues shall be at least 0.15  m c) are of non-combustible construction;
width and shall be spaced at distances of
not more than 3.0 m d) withstand an upward pressure of 150 N/m2.
NOTE 1: Where the roof or ceiling slope
exceeds 170 mm/m, the roof or ceiling may be
underdrawn with a false ceiling complying with
3 m maximum (a) to (d) above, with EFSR sprinklers located
below the false ceiling.
NOTE 2: Typical ceiling materials include 10 mm
0.15 m
gypsum board, corrugated or sheet steel and
minimum
Transverse mineral tiles.
flue
NOTE 3: Concealed spaces shall comply with 5.4.
Longitudinal
flue
0.08 m
L.1.4.5 The following example of storage or
commodities are not suitable for protection by
ESFR sprinklers:
Figure F L.1.4.2.2a: Storage methods ST2, ST3 – certain storages which exhibit unusual fire
and ST4 transverse and longitudinal flues characteristics such as roll tissue;
– open-top combustible containers;
L1.4.2.3 Storage methods ST5 and ST6
– unusual commodities or storage arrangements
Single and double-row shelved racks shall which have not been proven, by either
comply with one of the following: testing or analysis, to be appropriate for ESFR
a) shelves having openings of less than 50% of sprinklers protection;
the plan area shall not exceed 2.0  m2 total – warehouses in which the commodities or the
plan area and shall be bounded on all four type of storage are unpredictable;
edges by flue spaces of not less than 0.15 m
width; – special risks which are described in Annex K
(K1 aerosols, K3 flammable liquid storages,
b) slatted shelves shall have shelf-open areas, K5 spirituous liquors and K7 storage
uniformly interspaced of at least 50% of the containers fabricated from polypropylene
shelf plan area. The distance openings shall and polyethylene);
not exceed 0.15 m; or;
– rubber tyres.
c) grated or mesh-type shelves shall have
uniform openings of at least 50% of the shelf
plan area. The horizontal distance between
L.2 Sprinkler System Design
openings shall not exceed 0.15 m. L.2.1 General
L.1.4.3 ESFR sprinklers shall be designed in L.2.1.1 Only wet-pipe systems shall be used.
accordance with Table T L.1.4.3a.
L.2.1.2 ESFR protection is based on
L.1.4.4 ESFR sprinklers shall only be installed construction without roof vents or other roof
in buildings with roofs or ceilings which: opening.

140 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


ANNEX L

Table T L.1.4.3a: Sprinklers design and maximum height


Commodity Maximum ceiling Maximum ceiling Maximum ceiling Maximum ceiling
(storage height: 9.1 m height: 9.8 m height: 10.6 m height: 12.2 m
methods (see note 1) (see note 1) (see note 1) (see note 1)
required to
comply with Maxi- Sprinkler Maxi- Sprinkler Maxi- Sprinkler Maxi- Sprinkler
clauses L mum operating mum operating mum operating mum operating
1.4.2.2 and L storage pressure storage pressure storage pressure storage pressure (bar)
1.4.2.3) height (bar) height (bar) height (bar) height
(ST1 to ST6) (m) see (m) see (m) (m)
note 6 note 6 see see
K-200 K-360 K-200 K-360 K-200 K-360
note 6 note 6

Expanded 7.6 3.5 1.4 7.6 4.2 NA NA NA NA NA


plastic and
foamed
rubber in
carton (more
than 15% in
volume of the
cardboard
carton)

Category 1, 7.6 3.5 1.4 7.6 4.2 7.6 2.1 10.6 5.2 2.8
2, 3 & 4 (see
note 2 & 3)

Paper rolls 7.6 3.5 1.4 see see note see note see note 7 9.1 5.2 2.8
stored on end note 7 7 7
(stored
vertically)
in open or
closed arrays,
banded or
unbanded:
heavyweight
paper (see
note 4 & 5)

Paper rolls 6.1 3.5 1.4 see see see see 6.1 5.2 2.8
stored on end note 7 note 7 note 7 note 7
(stored
vertically)
in open or
closed arrays,
banded or
unbanded:
medium
weight paper
and plastic
coated
heavyweight
paper (see
note 4 & 5)

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 141

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

Commodity Maximum ceiling Maximum ceiling Maximum ceiling Maximum ceiling


(storage height: 9.1 m height: 9.8 m height: 10.6 m height: 12.2 m
methods (see note 1) (see note 1) (see note 1) (see note 1)
required to
comply with Maxi- Sprinkler Maxi- Sprinkler Maxi- Sprinkler Maxi- Sprinkler
clauses L mum operating mum operating mum operating mum operating
1.4.2.2 and L storage pressure storage pressure storage pressure storage pressure (bar)
1.4.2.3) height (bar) height (bar) height (bar) height
(ST1 to ST6) (m) see (m) see (m) (m)
note 6 note 6 see see
K-200 K-360 K-200 K-360 K-200 K-360
note 6 note 6
Mezzanine 6 operating sprinklers at 3.5 bar for K = 200 and at 1.4 bar for K = 360 (see note 6)
height ≤ 4.5 m.
All acceptable
stored goods
and storage
configurations

Mezzanine Pressure appropriate for stored goods and ceiling (mezzanine) height (see note 6)
height > 4.5 m.
All acceptable
stored goods
and storage
configurations
NOTE 1: The ceiling height shall be taken as the maximum vertical distance measured from the floor to the underside of the ceiling or roof deck.
NOTE 2: Authorities shall be consulted for the protection of plastic commodity.
NOTE 3: Plastic products (expanded or unexpanded) shall be contained in wooden, cardboard or non-combustible boxes. Expanded plastic
and foamed rubber shall not occupy a greater volume than 15% of the capacity of the box.
NOTE 4: Excluding lightweight paper
NOTE 5: Lightweight paper - all paper with a weight of less than 50 g/m2 and paper with absorbent features (such as toilet paper, paper
towelling, disposable absorbent paper product) regardless of weight. Medium weight paper – non-absorbent paper with a hard or smooth finish
that weighs 50 g/m2 or more but less than 100 g/m2 heavyweight paper – non-absorbent paper or cardboard that weighs 100 g/m2 or greater.
NOTE 6: The vertical distance from the floor to the sprinkler deflector minus 1 m or the value shown in the table, whichever is the lower.
NOTE 7: The values given for a maximum ceiling height of 12.2 m shall be used.

If roof vents or other roof openings are be protected by an approved fire alarm installation.
unavoidable, they shall be operated manually. The powered ventilation shall be stopped and any
Any draft curtains used in conjunction with dampers closed automatically in response to the
roof vents or other roof openings shall be fire detection system alarm of fire.
limited in depth and located with respect to
sprinklers so that distances specified in Table L.2.2 Hydraulic design
T L.2.3.1a are complied with.
Any open roof vents or other roof openings shall L.2.2.1 ESFR sprinkler installation shall be
be closed automatically preferably before, but fully hydraulically calculated in accordance with
in no case more than 30 s after, the operation annex G1 and G3.
of the first sprinkler.
L.2.2.2 The design area of operation shall
L.2.1.3 The clear space beneath the sprinkler consist of an area with a minimum of 12 ceiling
deflectors shall be no less than 1 m. sprinklers or minimum 90 m2 whichever is the
greater. This design area of operation shall be
L.2.1.4 Skylights shall be flush to the ceiling the hydraulically most unfavourable area and
or underdrawn at ceiling level. The skylights shall may include up to 6 additional sprinklers within
be capable of withstanding, without failure, a the same area (e.g. under obstructions). The
temperature of 300°C for at least 5 min. Where minimum operating pressures are stated in
powered ventilation is employed, the building shall Table T L.1.4.3a.

142 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


ANNEX L

The water supply shall be capable of providing be taken into account when designing the water
the demand flow for at least 60 min. supplies, in accordance with table T L.2.2.5a.

L.2.2.3 For hydraulic calculation purposes, L.2.3 Spacing and location of sprinklers
4 sprinklers shall be assumed to operate on
each of 3 range pipes. When range pipes have L.2.3.1 The area of coverage of ESFR
less than four sprinklers, all the sprinklers on sprinklers shall be not less than 7.5 m2 and not
the range pipe shall be assumed to operate more than 9 m2. The distance between sprinklers
and the number of ranges involved shall be shall be in accordance with table T L.2.3.1a.
increased until a total of 12 sprinklers are
assumed operating.
Table T L.2.3.1a: Distance between sprinklers
L.2.2.4 Where ESFR sprinklers are installed Maximum Distance between
beneath mezzanines of 4.5  m height from the height ceiling sprinklers in m
floor or less, at least 6 ESFR sprinklers shall be m
Min Max
assumed to operate (three ESFR sprinklers on
9.1 2.4 3.7
each of two ranges) at an operating pressure of
12.2 2.4 3
at least 3.5 bar.
NOTE: where standard sprinkler protection is
employed beneath mezzanines of 4.5  m height L.2.3.2 The centre line of the sprinkler
or less, the area of operation and design density heat-sensitive element shall be between 0.1 to
shall comply with the appropriate requirements of 0.33  m below the roof or ceiling for an ESFR
Section 6 - Hydraulic design criteria. sprinkler with a K factor of 200.
ESFR sprinklers shall be used beneath mezzanines
The centre line of the sprinkler heat-sensitive
which are higher than 4.5  m; twelve ESFR
element shall be between 0.1 to 0.45 m below
sprinklers shall be assumed to operate (four
the roof or ceiling for an ESFR sprinkler with a
sprinklers on each of three ranges).
K factor of 360.
L.2.2.5 Sprinklers beneath walkways, Where the roofs or ceilings are constructed using
conveyors, obstructions and mezzanines shall beams and girders or profiled paneling, sprinklers

Table T L.2.2.5a: Sprinklers design beneath obstruction

Obstructions within the design area of operation Maximum number of additional sprinklers to be added
to the ceiling sprinkler water supply requirements
Obstructions less than 3 m width 2 sprinklers operating at 3.5 bar (K = 200) at 1.4 bar
(K = 360)
Obstructions greater than 3 m width such as 4 sprinklers operating at 3.5 bar (K = 200) at 1.4 bar
walkways and conveyors (K = 360)
Mezzanines (See note 1) 6 sprinklers operating at the design pressure (see table
T L.1.4.3a).
NOTE 1: Providing:
a) open-fronted mezzanines are fitted vertically with screens which extend at least 1.2 m below the ceiling are of non-combustible
construction and fit tightly against the underside of the ceiling;
and
b) a clear aisle beneath the screen of at least 0.6 m wide each side of the screen centre-line is maintained; additional sprinklers need not be
added to the water supply requirement.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 143

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

should be located in bays rather than under beams. 0

Bays formed by this method of construction

Vertical distance below deflector (cm) (b)


10
should not exceed 0.75 m depth. Where the
20
ceiling is profiled, the distance from the ceiling to
the sprinkler shall be measured from the top of 30
the profile, see figure F L 2.3.2a to F L.2.3.2e.
40
Where this is not practical, the roof or ceiling 50
shall be underdrawn by a suspended ceiling. Example: if the vertical distance from the
deflector to the bottom of the obstruction is
60 40 cm then the allowable distance from the
Figures F L 2.3.2a, F L 2.3.2b, F L 2.3.2c, F L 2.3.2d, closest edge of the obstruction to the vertical
center line of the sprinkler would be 1.25 m.

F L 2.3.2e: Sprinkler location relative to obstacles 70

80
0 0.5 1 1.5 2
Horizontal distance (m) (a)
(a) Horizontal distance from sprinkler to side of beam or other obstruction (m)
(b) Maximum distance deflector above bottom of beam or other obstruction (cm)
0.33 m max

Figure F L.2.3.2d ESFR: Horizontal and vertical


0.75 m max

distance relative to obstructions

ceiling
b

Figure F L.2.3.2a
ESFR: Sprinkleur location inside bays

ceiling
storage

beam or
obstruction Figure F L.2.3.2e ESFR: Sprinkleur location
distance (b) relative to obstructions (more than one level)

distance (a) L.2.3.3 Where sprinkler deflectors are located


above the bottom of beams, girders, ducts,
deflector located above bottom of beam or other obstruction
fluorescent lighting fixtures or other obstructions
located near the ceiling, the position of the
Figure F L.2.3.2b
ESFR: Sprinkleur location relative to beams sprinklers with respect to these obstructions
shall be in accordance with figures F L.2.3.2b, F
L.2.3.2c and F L.2.3.2d, as appropriate.
distance (b)
L.2.3.4 Continuous obstructions located
below sprinklers, such as sprinkler piping,
utility piping or duct work up to 0.3  m wide
distance (a)
at a horizontal distance of at least 0.6 m from
the vertical centre-line of the sprinklers do not
obstruction located entirely below the sprinklers require additional sprinklers below. Additional
Figure F L.2.3.2c sprinklers shall be located below wider or more
ESFR: Sprinkleur location relative to obstructions closely located obstructions.

144 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


ANNEX L

L.2.3.5 Upright sprinklers shall be positioned L.2.4 Separation between ESFR and
so that the deflector has a minimum distance of other sprinkler installations
0.180 m above the top of the range pipe.
L.2.4.1 Vertical screens shall be installed
L.2.3.6 Roller-type conveyor and grated between areas protected by ESFR sprinklers and
walkways with 50% or more uniform openings areas protected by other type of sprinklers. This
are not considered as obstructions to ceiling applies whether the roof over the two areas is
sprinkler discharge. However, when there at the same elevation or at different elevations.
are more than one level above each other of The screens shall extend at least 1.2 m below
conveyors or walkways 50% or more open, a the ceiling, be non-combustible and fit tightly
line of ESFR sprinklers shall be installed beneath against the underside of the roof. A clear aisle,
every other level starting from the second level at least 1.5 m on each side of the centre-line
down from the ceiling. (See figure F L.2.3.2e). beneath the screen, shall be maintained.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 145

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

ANNEX M (INFORMATIVE)
Commodity classification methodology M.3 Method
utilising calorimeter tests
The method used is described in the document
“NORDTEST METHOD NT FIRE 049” or
M.1 Introduction equivalent documents.
Efficient and reliable sprinkler protection of
storage risks is dependent on appropriate M.4 Evaluation of test results
commodity classifications.
A rank value is determined for each of the three
This European sprinkler installation specification test results, by means of comparing the results
subdivides commodities into four categories, with those of known commodities. The ranking
based on experience and fire test results. Full- system, by comparison, ultimately enables the
scale fire testing has been the preferred solution determination of a commodity classification for
for determining commodity classifications, but the goods under consideration.
is a costly procedure. The development of a
purpose built Fire Products Collector (FPC) by
Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FMRC) M.5 Bibliography
has made the classification of commodities a) Chicarello, P.J. and Troup, J.M; “Fire
possible using smaller amounts of materials products collector test procedure for the
than has hitherto been acceptable. determining the commodity classification
The FPC consists of a large capacity calorimeter of ordinary combustible products”, Factory
hood with a water application pipework array Mutual Research Corporation, August
located below the collector hood, beneath 1990.
which a fuel array is burnt. b) Heskestad, G. (“A fire products collector
for calorimetry in the MW range”), Factory
M.2 Test principles Mutual Research Corporation, June 1981.

This classification methodology assesses the c) Person H.”Commodity classification - A


heat output of the burning goods, placed more objective and applicable methodology”,
beneath the calorimeter, in a fuel array of eight Swedish National Testing Research Institute,
pallets. The pallets are ignited in a specified SP Report 1993:70.
manner and are allowed to burn freely and
until a predefined condition is achieved, at d) “Combustible Products: commodity
which time water is released at one of three classification - fire test procedure”, Nordtest
application rates onto the burning fuel array. method, NT FIRE 049.
The convective heat release rate is measured
over the duration of the test. Three tests are
undertaken at different water application rates.

146 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


ANNEX N (INFORMATIVE)

ANNEX N (INFORMATIVE) If the cumulated number of sprinklers


connected to the same water supply is greater
The exceptions are given in table T Na than 10.000 the type of water supply shall be
hereunder: duplicated.

Table T Na: Minimum water supply for all hazard classes shall be superior

Hazard Classes Cumulated number of Minimum type of Water


sprinklers per Hazard classes supply
LH; OH1 < 1000 Single (see note 2)
HHP > 5000 Duplicate
HHS > 3000 (see note 1) Duplicate
NOTE 1: 4000 if more than 1000 in-rack sprinklers.
NOTE 2: In premises for immobile persons (e.g. hospitals, children’s nurseries ), the minimum is a superior water supply.

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 147

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

ANNEX O (RESERVED)

148 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


ANNEX P

ANNEX P – at the centre or at thermally stressed points


of the ceiling pipework,
Addition of foam concentrate
– at the end of the pipework.
The compliance with local environmental rules
Pass/fail criteria for the foam solution shall
and regulations for the design, testing, drainage,
be based upon spread-ability, expansion (if
system run off or other potential environmental
applicable) and foaming / wetting ability.
requirements shall be checked.
NOTE: This may be done in accordance with the
Foam concentrate utilized in system shall be relevant parts of EN 1568.
suitable for the fuel or chemical being protected.
Where fuel or chemical being protected is miscible Valves for testing foam solution shall be
or soluble, (able to mix with water), an alcohol identified with a permanent label or sign. Label
resistant foam concentrate shall be utilized. or sign shall read “Foam Solution Test Valve”.

Only compatible materials with the foam If the test result does not meet the requirement
concentrate or foam solution shall be installed in the pipework shall be emptied, flushed and
the system. The foam concentrate manufacturer filled with new premix. If pre-mix solution
shall publish compatible materials to be utilized continually fails, a test of the water supply or
on the system. investigation of contamination may be required.
If contamination is present, the offending
product must be replaced.
P.1 Type of installation

Means shall be provided to allow a test of the P.1.3 Dry systems


alarm devices without injection of foam agent. Dry installations shall be designed in such a
way, that the water-foam mixture reaches the
P.1.1 Wet Systems test valve at the end of the pipework within 30
For wet system the pipework shall be designed seconds of system activation. This test can be
so that it takes the water maximum one performed using water only.
minute to flow from the foam injector to the
most remote sprinkler assuming that only one P.2 Foam injection device
sprinkler is open.
P.2.1 The foam injection device shall be
approved (GEI3)
P.1.2 Premix solution
Installer shall ensure that the foam injection device
Where pre-mix solution is maintained in the
is compatible with the foam additive chosen.
system piping, periodic sampling of the solution
located in the sprinkler piping shall be tested Closed head sprinkler systems shall be designed
in accordance with the foam manufacturers so the proportioning of foam concentrate
requirements but at least once a year. Periodic into the water stream shall occur within 4
testing will be based on need, as water quality sprinklers flowing. Proportioning rate into the
and jobsite conditions will vary. Test samples water stream shall be a minimum of the foam
shall be tested by an independent laboratory concentrate approval e.g. 1%, 3%, 6%.
specializing in such testing or by the foam
concentrate manufacturer. P.2.2 A foam solution test valve for foam
concentration and an installation isolation valve
The sample shall be collected via special valves
shall be fitted downstream of the foam injection
at the pipework at least on three points: device. The installation system isolation valve
– the inlet of the foam agent, shall be located as close as practical to the foam

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 149

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

solution test valve. The foam solution test valve P.3 Foam injection pumps
and installation isolation valve shall be installed
in accordance with the foam injection device P.3.1 Foam injection pumps shall be
manufacturers recommendations. selected for the special working
conditions like corrosion, tightness.
The commissioning of the installation shall include
a test of the achieved foam concentration using The performance characteristics of the foam
appropriate measuring devices. In a first test injection pumps shall be selected for the
sequence water or test foam that has been designed maximum flow rate and the viscosity of the foam
to simulate the flow and shearing characteristics agent. If foam injection proportioning devices
of the foam concentrate can be injected in place are utilized in conjunction with a foam injection
of foam to avoid unnecessary use of foam. At the pump, the minimum pressure differential
initial system testing and commissioning, the foam between the water injection point and the foam
concentrate utilized for the system shall be utilized injection device shall be per the foam injection
in the system commissioning. device manufacturers requirements, but in no
For closed head sprinkler systems, tests shall case lower than 1 bar.
be carried out with an equivalent flow rate of
four sprinklers and at the design flow rate of the P.3.2 Foam injection pumps shall not work
system. The test at the design flow rate can be under suction conditions.
carried out by replacing foam by another liquid.
The injection device shall deliver foam solution P.3.3 Foam pumps shall be installed with a
within a tolerance not less than its approval to pump casing relief valve. Casing relief valve shall
1.3 times its approval. A maximum of 1% point be set to open after pump pressure is 1 bar higher
will be allowed. (Meaning 3% concentrate shall than the design limit of either the pump or the
be allowed to be proportioned between 3% system piping network, whichever is less. The
and 3.9%, 6% concentrate shall be allowed to discharge of the casing relief valve shall not be
be proportioned between 6% and 7%). piped to the suction side of the foam pump. The
discharge of the casing relief valve may be piped or
Annual testing after the first year can be
to the liquid level of the foam storage tank.
provided utilizing water or test foam using
the comparative data from the first year. If
proportioning with the required range does not P.3.4 An approved pressure sustaining
occur with water or test foam, a new test with valve shall, if required by the injection device
foam concentrate shall be made. Corrections manufacturer, be installed in the discharge side
to the proportioning system shall be made as of the foam injection pump and shall be designed
required injection device. to discharge below the liquid level of the foam
tank. The pressure sustaining valve shall be
P.2.3 If the foam injection device utilizes calibrated to open where low water flow rate
moving parts, means shall be provided to allow through the main stream of the proportioned
a test of the mechanical operating components. is present and to close where large water flow
If the foam injection device utilizes electrical rate is present during proportioning. Piping shall
devices or electrical controllers, means shall be adequately sized on the supply and discharge
be provided to test the electrical devices or of pressure sustaining valve for full flow capacity.
electrical controllers, means of monitoring
the working condition of electrical devices P.3.5 The pipes up- and downstream
shall be provided. Foam injection devices shall the foam injection pumps shall be fitted with
immediately be ready for service after testing flushing connections. No water shall flow back
and shall restore automatically. in the foam tank.

150 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


ANNEX P

P.3.6 Foam pumps shall start by automatic The manufacturers recommendation for the
means. Foam pumps shall require weekly testing. storage of the foam agent shall be observed.

P.3.7 Suction pipes with pure foam agent P.5.2 Non pressurized foam tank
shall be designed in such a way that the NPSH The foam tank shall be adequately designed to
available is at least 1 m higher that the required allow for the thermal expansion of the foam
NPSH of the foam pump. concentrate.
The foam tank shall have a venting, a level gauge
P.4 Foam agent and means to prevent overfilling.
P.4.1 Foam agents shall be approved by the Means for servicing and inspecting the inside
authorities. of the tank shall be provided. Foam storage
tank shall be constructed of a material that is
The foam agent shall be selected appropriate compatible with the foam concentrate. Foam
to the materials to be protected and the foam concentrate manufacturer shall be consulted
injection device. for compatible materials.

P.4.2 The water shall not have any Connections for filling and draining shall be
ingredients which are not compatible fitted. The fill and suction pipes shall end above
with the foam agent. the tank bottom. The volume under the suction
pipe shall not be taken account by calculating
The quantity of the foam agent is determined at the tank volume.
design flow rate by the operation time and the
The suction pipe may end at the tank bottom of
design concentration.
tanks only if they are manufactured of reinforced
Unless specified elsewhere, the quantity of foam glass fibre, or equivalent or corrosion resistant
agent shall allow a continuous operation of the steel and if the foam agent is a sediment free
system for at least 30 min. and synthetic type.

P.4.3 The quantity of foam agent may P.5.3 Pressurized foam tank
be reduced to 50% if the premises have a
recognised fire brigade and the same quantity Pressurized foam tanks (bladder tanks) shall
of foam agent can be feed in the foam tank in a be fitted with means for filling, draining,
time not exceeding 15 min. The fulfilling of this venting, measuring of the fill level, cleaning and
requirement shall be approved by the authorities controlling of the tank inside. Pressurized foam
in the planning state of the installation. tanks shall be designed and constructed per a
recognized standard for pressure vessels.
P.4.4 Only the same type of foam agent of Pressurized foam tanks shall incorporate
the manufacturer shall be used for refilling. Mixing a concentrate control valve near the foam
of different foam concentrates is forbidden. injection device.
An operation manual shall be provided. The
P.5 Foam tank recommendation shall be followed for all works.
Pressurized foam tanks cannot be refilled
P.5.1 Foam tanks shall be approved by the
during operation of the extinguishing activity.
authorities.
Pressurized foam tanks shall be inspected and
Depending on the type and quantity of foam tested per manufacturers recommendations and
agent a security pool can be necessary. the pressure equipment directive. The integrity

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 151

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


CEA 4001tSprinkler SystemstPlanning and Installation

of the bladder shall be tested for leaks on an P.7 Calculation of the friction
annual basis. The quantity of foam agent may be loss of foam agent pipes
stored in more than one pressurized foam tank.
If the quantity of foam agent is stored in more
P.7.1 The calculation shall be done for
than one pressurized foam tank, piping of equal
the lowest and highest viscosity (only highest
pressure loss supplying the bladder tank and
viscosity for Newtonian liquid) of the foam agent.
piping of equal pressure loss discharging from
the bladder tank to the foam injection device This calculation shall be based on the foam
shall be maintained. demand corresponding to the sprinkler design
flow.
P.6 Foam agent and water The friction loss in the foam pipes shall be
foam pipe-work calculated with the Darcy formula
L . ρ. 2
P.6.1 Components and pipes filled with Δp = λ . ν (Darcy formula)
d 2
foam concentrate at any time shall not influence
the performance characteristics of the foam With:
agent. Only materials compatible with the Δp friction loss, in N/m2
foam concentrate shall be utilized in the foam friction number
concentrate supply line to the foam injection
device or system. L pipe length, in m
d pipe diameter, in m
P.6.2 The filling of the foam pipes upstream fluid density, in kg/m3
of the foam injection device with foam agent
shall be achieved within 10 seconds or the pipes flow velocity, in m/s
shall continuously be filled with foam agent. If the The friction number shall be determined
foam agent pump and the foam injection device depending on the Reynolds number Re using
are filled at all times with foam agent they shall the following formula.
be made of corrosion resistant materials that are
Reynolds number:
compatible and suitable as pressurized piping.
v
Re = d .
P.6.3 Galvanized pipes shall not be used γ
With:
for pipe-work filled with water foam mixture
or used in foam concentrate lines unless proof Kinematic viscosity, in m2/s
of the compatibility of the foam agent with For the determining of the Reynolds number the
galvanized pipes is available. Kinematic viscosity at the lowest temperature
at the foam tank shall be used.
P.6.4 A filter or strainer shall be fitted
For Re < 2350 (laminar) is:
upstream the foam injection device. Maintenance
64
and cleaning of the filter shall not affect the λ=
operation of the extinguishing system (by pass Re
around the strainer). d
For 2 350 < Re < 65
k
Filters are not necessary if a sphere with a with:
diameter of 8  mm can pass all ways of foam
through pressurized tanks, foam injection k pipe roughness, in mm (for steel pipes:
devices. k = 0.5 mm; for stainless steel pipes:

152 CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


ANNEX P

k = 0.2 mm) is P.7.2 Friction loss data must be obtained


–2 from the foam concentrate manufacturer.
λ
λ = 2 . lg Re . Friction loss data must be provided to the
2.51 approval body when drawings and calculations
d d are submitted.
For 65 < Re < 1300 is
k k
–2
2.51 k P.8 Disposal
λ = –2 . lg +
Re . λ 3.71 . d
d The capacities of the necessary extinguish water
For Re > 1300 is collecting pools shall be determined according to
k –2
the national regulation (and document Disposal
d
λ = 2 . lg 3.71 . of foam agent and water foam mixtures) shall
k be done according to the national rules.
Annex P

CEA 4001 – © 2013 – All rights reserved 153

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19


VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19
© Julien Eichinger – Fotolia

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH - Fire Protection Association - 2014-08-19

You might also like